WO2022242267A1 - Cooking appliance and operation control method therefor, control apparatus, and readable storage medium - Google Patents

Cooking appliance and operation control method therefor, control apparatus, and readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022242267A1
WO2022242267A1 PCT/CN2022/078524 CN2022078524W WO2022242267A1 WO 2022242267 A1 WO2022242267 A1 WO 2022242267A1 CN 2022078524 W CN2022078524 W CN 2022078524W WO 2022242267 A1 WO2022242267 A1 WO 2022242267A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
light detection
signal
cooking
storage
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/078524
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
付厚潮
郭雄伟
杨保民
王天水
区达理
徐尧
何新华
吴育权
李家孔
张建华
Original Assignee
佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110552694.XA external-priority patent/CN115363426A/en
Priority claimed from CN202110554361.0A external-priority patent/CN115363405B/en
Application filed by 佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司 filed Critical 佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司
Publication of WO2022242267A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022242267A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00Cooking-vessels
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J36/00Parts, details or accessories of cooking-vessels

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of household electrical appliances, in particular to a cooking appliance and its operation control method, control device and computer-readable storage medium.
  • cooking utensils are widely used, especially cooking utensils with cooking functions. Most of the cooking utensils with cooking function generally have an automatic cooking function. The user puts ingredients or a liner containing ingredients into the appliance, and the appliance can automatically cook the ingredients.
  • the current cooking utensils do not automatically detect the placement status of the ingredients, inner tanks and other materials before cooking.
  • the inner tanks of cooking utensils are equipped with liquid storage tanks such as water tanks, but current cooking utensils generally cannot The state of the placed water tank and other liquid storage tanks is automatically detected, which can easily lead to unsatisfactory cooking needs of users.
  • the main purpose of the present application is to provide an operation control method, aiming at effectively detecting the state of the material in the cooking appliance and the state of the liquid storage tank, so as to meet the cooking needs of the user.
  • the present application provides an operation control method of a cooking appliance, the cooking appliance includes a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box, and the operation control method includes the following steps:
  • the cooking appliance is controlled to perform a cooking operation.
  • the storage box includes a light-transmitting part
  • the detection device includes a light detection device corresponding to the light-transmitting part
  • the detection signal includes a light detection signal
  • the determination according to the detection signal The step of the storage status information of the cooking appliance includes:
  • the storage status information is determined according to the light detection signal.
  • the light detection device includes a first light detection module
  • the light transmission part includes a first light transmission part corresponding to the first light detection module
  • the storage status information includes the The placement state information of the storage box
  • the step of determining the storage state information according to the light detection signal includes:
  • the first light detection signal is a signal detected by the first light detection module
  • the placement state information of the storage bin is determined according to the first size relationship.
  • the first light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, and the step of determining the placement state information of the storage box according to the first size relationship includes:
  • determining the placement state information of the storage box is that the storage box is not placed on the cooking appliance ;
  • the storage box is placed in the cooking on the appliance.
  • the photodetection device further includes a second photodetection module, the second photodetection module is spaced apart from the first photodetection module, and the light-transmitting part further includes a
  • the detection module corresponds to the second light-transmitting part
  • the storage state information also includes the material storage state information of the storage box, and the determination of the storage state information of the storage box according to the first size relationship After the steps, also include:
  • the storage state information is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, determine a second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and a second set signal threshold; the second light detection The signal is a signal detected by the second photodetection module;
  • the material placement state information is determined according to the second size relationship.
  • the deviation between the second set signal threshold and the first set signal threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value.
  • the material placement status information includes first status information, the first status information is information about the existence or non-existence of materials in the storage box, and the determined according to the second size relationship
  • the steps to describe the material placement status information include:
  • the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the storage box, it is determined that the first state information is that there is material in the storage box;
  • the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage bin.
  • the step of determining the material placement status information according to the second size relationship it further includes:
  • the set size relationship is determined according to the material type and the structural characteristic information.
  • the step of determining the set size relationship according to the material type and the structural feature information includes:
  • the material type is a material that can reflect light
  • the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure
  • the material type is a light-transmitting material
  • the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism
  • it is determined that the set size relationship is that the second light detection signal is greater than the first 2.
  • the material placement status information further includes second status information
  • the second status information is information on the amount of materials stored in the storage box
  • the determination of the first status information is the After the step with material in the storage bin, also include:
  • the material storage quantity information is determined according to the set storage quantity.
  • the number of the second photodetection modules is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, and the number of the second size relationship corresponding to the second photodetection modules is large.
  • the step of determining that the first state information is that there is no material in the storage box includes:
  • the step of obtaining the set storage capacity corresponding to the second photodetection module includes:
  • the target detection module is a second light detection module whose corresponding second size relationship matches the set size relationship;
  • the step of determining the storage amount information of the material according to the set storage amount includes:
  • the set storage volume with the largest value among the multiple set storage volumes is determined as the target storage volume, and the material storage volume information is determined as the target storage volume.
  • the step of determining the storage status information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal it further includes:
  • the cooking appliance is controlled to stop performing the cooking operation and output a prompt message.
  • the storage status information includes the placement status information of the storage box and the storage status information of the material storage box, and the determination of the storage status of the household appliance cooking appliance according to the detection signal After the step for material status information, also include:
  • the first setting condition is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance
  • the second setting condition is that there are materials in the storage box and the storage capacity of the materials is greater than or equal to the amount required for cooking. target storage capacity.
  • the present application provides a method for controlling the operation of a cooking appliance, wherein the cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank, a first light detection module, and a second light detection module, the liquid storage tank includes a housing, and the A liquid storage chamber is provided in the housing, and the light detection device includes a first light detection module and a second light detection module, the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage chamber, and the second light detection module is corresponding to the The target area of the liquid storage tank is set, the target area is an area on the liquid storage tank outside the liquid storage cavity, and the operation control method of the cooking appliance includes the following steps:
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank is determined according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal.
  • the housing includes a first light-transmitting portion located in the liquid storage cavity, the first light detection module is disposed corresponding to the first light-transmitting portion, and the first light-transmitting portion is a full A reflective structure, the target area is provided with a reflective structure, and the step of determining the status information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal includes:
  • the first characteristic signal is the first reflection signal formed by the emission signal of the first photodetection module in the first light-transmitting part
  • the second characteristic signal is the emission signal of the second photodetection module.
  • the signal forms a second reflected signal in the target area.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank includes the placement state information of the liquid storage tank and the liquid storage state information of the liquid storage tank, according to the first identification result and the second identification result
  • the step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank includes:
  • the liquid storage state information is determined according to the first identification result.
  • a partition is provided inside the casing, and the partition divides the inside of the casing into the liquid storage chamber and the cavity, the liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity, and the
  • the casing also includes a second light-transmitting part corresponding to the cavity, the reflective structure in the target area includes the second light-transmitting part, and the second light-transmitting part is a total reflection structure.
  • the step of determining the placement state information as a result of the second recognition includes:
  • determining the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance
  • the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance.
  • the liquid storage cavity is used for placing light-transmitting liquid
  • the liquid storage state information includes the liquid storage state information
  • the step of determining the liquid storage state information according to the first identification result include:
  • the placement status information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance
  • the first identification result is that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal
  • determine the placement status of the liquid The information is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank
  • the liquid placement state information is that the liquid storage tank has been placed with liquid.
  • the number of the first light detection modules is multiple, the number of the first light transmission parts is multiple, and the first light detection modules correspond to the first light transmission parts one by one. It is set that the first identification result includes sub-identification results corresponding to each of the first light detection modules, the liquid storage state information also includes liquid storage volume information, and the determination of the liquid storage state information is the storage After the step where the liquid tank has been placed, also include:
  • the liquid storage volume information is determined according to the plurality of sub-identification results and the set storage volume corresponding to each of the first light detection modules.
  • the intensity of the first reflected signal is greater than a first preset intensity threshold, and the intensity of the second reflected signal is greater than a second preset intensity threshold.
  • the first light detection signal is a signal generated according to the first emission signal of the first light detection module and its corresponding first reflection signal, and the identification of whether the first light detection signal is The step of having a first characteristic signal includes:
  • the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, it is determined that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal
  • the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, it is determined that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal
  • the second light detection signal is generated according to the second emission signal of the second light detection module and its corresponding second reflection signal, and the identification of whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal
  • the steps include:
  • the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, it is determined that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal
  • the second light detection signal is less than or equal to the second set signal threshold, it is determined that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal.
  • the step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal it further includes:
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition, and then the cooking appliance is controlled to perform the cooking operation;
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank does not satisfy the set cooking condition, and the cooking appliance is controlled to stop performing the cooking operation.
  • the present application also proposes a control device for a cooking appliance, which includes: a memory, a processor, and a running program stored in the memory and operable on the processor.
  • a control program when the operation control program is executed by the processor, the steps of the operation control method described in any one of the above items are implemented.
  • the present application also proposes a cooking appliance, which includes:
  • the detection device is provided corresponding to the storage box;
  • control device of the cooking appliance is connected with the detection device.
  • the storage box includes a light-transmitting part
  • the detection device includes a light detection device
  • the light-transmission part is arranged corresponding to the light detection device
  • the light detection device is connected to the cooking utensil. Control unit connection.
  • the light-transmitting part includes a total reflection prism, and when the material storage space corresponding to the light-transmission part is empty, the light emitted by the light detection device enters the total reflection prism, and a total reflection occurs. After being reflected, it is incident on the photodetection device.
  • the optical detection device includes an optical transmitter and an optical receiver, and the optical transmitter and the optical receiver are spaced apart;
  • the side of the total reflection triangular prism facing the light emitter and the light receiver as the incident surface define the direction in which the light emitter and the light receiver extend as the reference direction, and define the incident surface along the The width in the reference direction is within the range of [5mm, 9mm].
  • the distance between the light emitter and the light receiver is less than or equal to the width of the incident surface along the reference direction.
  • the photodetection device further includes a first light concentrating element and a second light concentrating element, the first light concentrating element is arranged between the light emitter and the light-transmitting part, the The second light concentrating element is disposed between the light receiver and the light transmission part.
  • the side of the first light concentrating element facing the light emitter is provided with a first inclined surface
  • the side of the second light concentrating element facing the light receiver is provided with a second inclined surface
  • the first slope and the second slope are arranged at an angle, and an angle bisector of the angle between the first slope and the second slope is located between the light emitter and the light receiver.
  • the included angle between the first slope and the second slope is within the interval [130°, 180°].
  • the cooking utensil further includes a base plate and a first light-shielding member, and both the first light-shielding member and the light detection device are arranged on the base plate;
  • the first light-shielding member is disposed around the light detection device, and the light detection device and the first light-shielding member are both located between the substrate and the light-transmitting portion; and/or,
  • the photodetection device further includes a substrate, the photodetection device is arranged on the substrate, and the distance between the substrate and the outer surface of the storage box is in the interval [10mm, 25mm].
  • the cooking utensil further includes a second shading member
  • the photodetection device further includes a light emitter and a light receiver
  • the second shading member is arranged on the substrate and located on the light emitter and between the photoreceivers.
  • the cooking utensil further includes a mounting base, the mounting base includes a bottom plate and two opposite side plates, the bottom plate is located between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part, and the bottom plate and The side plates surround and form an installation cavity, the light detection device is arranged in the installation cavity, and the bottom plate is provided with a light-transmitting area.
  • the cooking utensil includes a main body, the main body is provided with an accommodating cavity, the storage box is detachably arranged in the accommodating cavity, and the light detection device is fixedly connected with the main body .
  • the photodetection device includes at least two photodetection modules
  • the light-transmitting part includes at least two sub-light-transmitting parts
  • the light-detection modules are set in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-light-transmitting parts, at least The two photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
  • At least two of the photodetection modules include a first photodetection module and a second photodetection module
  • at least two sub-light-transmitting parts include a first light-transmitting part and a second light-transmitting part
  • the first The light-transmitting part is arranged corresponding to the first light detection module
  • the second light-transmitting part is arranged corresponding to the second light detection module
  • the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the bottom of the storage box
  • the second light detection module is located above the first light detection module.
  • a material storage cavity is provided in the material storage box, and the cooking appliance further includes a partition, which is arranged in the material storage box and divides the material storage cavity into isolated The first cavity and the second cavity, the first cavity is located at the bottom of the storage box, the first light-transmitting part is arranged in alignment with the first cavity, and the second light-transmitting The part is set in alignment with the second cavity.
  • both the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part are total reflection structures; or,
  • the first light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure
  • the second light-transmitting part is a total reflection structure
  • the present application also proposes a computer-readable storage medium, on which an operation control program is stored, and when the operation control program is executed by a processor, the above-mentioned The steps of the operation control method.
  • An operation control method proposed by the present application is based on a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box. Before cooking, the method first detects the storage status information of the cooking utensil based on the detection signal of the detection device. Cooking will only be carried out when the storage status information meets the set cooking conditions. Through the acquisition of the storage status information and the matching of the storage status information with the set cooking conditions, the status of the materials in the cooking utensils and whether they meet the cooking requirements can be effectively monitored. Detection to ensure that the storage status of the cooking utensils can match the cooking needs when cooking, so as to meet the cooking needs of users.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic flow chart of an embodiment of the operation control method of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flow diagram of another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure involved in an embodiment of the control device of the cooking appliance of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of components related to the operation control method in the cooking appliance according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a top view of the assembly structure in Figure 4.
  • Fig. 8 is the structural representation of A-A section in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural view of the B-B section in Fig. 8.
  • Fig. 10 is the structural representation of C-C section in Fig. 8.
  • Fig. 11 is the structural representation of D-D section in Fig. 8.
  • Fig. 12 is the structural representation of E-E section among Fig. 8;
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure at F in Fig. 9;
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure at G in Fig. 9;
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure involved in an embodiment of the control device of the cooking appliance of the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic top view of an embodiment of the cooking utensil of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural view of the A-A cross section in Figure 19;
  • Fig. 21 is a front view of the cooking utensil in Fig. 19;
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic structural view of the B-B cross-section of the cooking utensil in Fig. 21;
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic structural view of the C-C cross-section of the cooking utensil in Fig. 21;
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic structural view of the D-D cross-section of the cooking utensil in Fig. 21 .
  • Second light detection module 7 mount 201 light emitter 71 side panels 202 light receiver 72 Bottom plate 3 Translucent part 721 Translucent area 31 first light-transmitting part 8 Partition 32 second translucent part 9 Liquid storage tank
  • the automatic cooking function of the electrical appliance will immediately execute the cooking operation after receiving the function activation instruction, and there is a problem of poor cooking effect.
  • the present application provides the above-mentioned solution, aiming at realizing the effective detection of the state of the material in the cooking appliance, so as to meet the cooking needs of the user.
  • an operation control method is proposed, which is applied to detect the state of materials inside the cooking appliance.
  • the cooking appliance can be any electrical appliance with a storage box for loading cooking materials, such as an electric rice cooker, a coffee machine, a cooking machine, a wall breaker, and the like.
  • the cooking appliance includes a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box.
  • the detection device is specifically a device for detecting the loading of materials in the storage box and/or the placement of the storage box in the electrical appliance.
  • the type of detection device can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be one or more of light detection device, elastic detection device, image detection device, weight detection device, temperature detection device, etc., which can accurately measure the material condition.
  • the location of the detection device can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be arranged outside the storage box, inside the storage box, above the storage box or below the storage box.
  • the operation control method comprises the following steps:
  • Step S10 acquiring a detection signal of the detection device
  • the detection signal is specifically a characteristic signal obtained by the detection device detecting the storage condition of the cooking utensil.
  • the type of the detection signal varies with different detection devices, and may include, for example, a light detection signal, an image signal, a deformation signal of a storage box, a temperature signal, and the like.
  • the detection signal here is obtained by monitoring the transmission signal, reception signal, signal change amount, signal change rate, etc. of the detection device.
  • the detection signal acquisition method can be adapted to the different principles of the detection device for material detection. For example, when the detection device includes a signal transmitter and a signal receiver, it is necessary to monitor the signals of the two modules at the same time to obtain the detection signal here; When the detection device is an image acquisition module, the detection signal here can be obtained by directly acquiring the image signal collected by the image acquisition module.
  • step S10 may be performed after receiving an instruction to start the cooking function input by the user.
  • the storage box includes a light-transmitting part
  • the detection device includes a light detection device provided corresponding to the light-transmitting part.
  • the detection signal includes a light detection signal
  • step S10 includes: according to the light detection A signal determines the stock status information.
  • the light detection device may be an illumination sensor, or a detection component having a light emitter and a light receiver. Different states of storage of the cooking appliance result in different light detection signals in the light detection device. For example, the light detection signal is different when the material is placed and no material is placed; the light detection signal is different when the storage box is placed in the electrical appliance and not placed in the electrical appliance.
  • Step S20 determining the storage state information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal
  • the material storage status information specifically refers to feature information representing the current material placement status of the cooking appliance.
  • the material storage state information may include material storage information of the material storage box, storage state information of the material storage box, and/or temperature information of the material in the material storage box, and the like.
  • Different detection signals correspond to different storage state information. Based on the detection principle and installation location of the detection device, the correspondence between the detection signal and the storage state information can be established in advance, and the storage state information corresponding to the current detection signal can be determined based on the correspondence. Specifically, in the corresponding relationship, different set storage state information can correspond to different set characteristic signals, and if the detection signal matches the set characteristic signal, the set storage state information corresponding to the set characteristic information can be determined It is the current storage status information of the cooking appliance.
  • the corresponding signals of the detection device when a variety of different materials are placed in the storage box and when no material is placed can be obtained as The first sample, based on the analysis of the first sample, the first characteristic signal and the second characteristic signal corresponding to when the material is placed in the storage box and when no material is placed respectively, the first state of the material storage box and the second characteristic signal A characteristic signal is associated, and the second state of no material placed in the storage box is associated with the second characteristic signal to form a first corresponding relationship. Based on this, when the detection signal matches the first characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is in the first state, and when the detection signal matches the second characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is in the second state.
  • the detection device on the basis of materials placed in the storage box, if different amounts of materials are placed in the storage box, different detection signals will be formed in the detection device.
  • the respective corresponding signals are used as the second samples, and the corresponding third characteristic signals respectively corresponding to when different amounts of materials are placed in the storage bins are obtained based on the analysis of the second samples.
  • the second corresponding relationship is formed by associating the different third characteristic signals with the material storage volumes of the corresponding material storage bins. Based on this, when there is a third characteristic signal that matches the detection signal, the storage capacity of the material in the storage box associated with the matched third characteristic signal can be determined as the storage status information.
  • different detection signals will be generated in the detection device when the storage box is placed in the specified position and not in the specified position, and then multiple times when the storage box is placed in the specified position and not in the specified position and not placed in the specified position can be obtained.
  • the signals corresponding to each time are taken as the third sample.
  • the fourth characteristic signal and the fifth characteristic signal corresponding to when the storage box is placed in the designated position and when it is not placed in the designated position are respectively obtained.
  • the storage tank is placed in the designated position. Associated with the first characteristic signal, the storage bin is not placed in the designated position and associated with the second characteristic signal to form a third corresponding relationship.
  • the detection signal matches the fourth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is that the storage box is placed in the designated position; when the detection signal matches the fifth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is the storage box The bin is not placed in the specified position.
  • Step S30 judging whether the storage status information meets the set cooking conditions
  • step S40 is performed; if the stored material state information does not meet the set cooking condition, then step S50 is performed.
  • the setting of the cooking condition specifically refers to the standard that the required storage conditions of the cooking utensil meet for the purpose of cooking food that meets the needs of the user.
  • the setting of the cooking conditions may specifically include the storage amount of materials required for cooking, the location requirement of the storage box, the temperature of materials required for cooking, and the like.
  • the set cooking conditions may be pre-existing system default conditions, or may be determined based on user-input parameters.
  • Set cooking conditions can vary based on the type of cooking. For example, porridge cooking and rice cooking may correspond to different set cooking conditions. Specifically, by analyzing the instructions input by the user, the cooking type required by the user can be determined, and then the corresponding pre-stored cooking conditions can be read as the set cooking conditions here.
  • Step S40 controlling the cooking appliance to perform a cooking operation.
  • Step S50 controlling the cooking appliance to stop performing the cooking operation and output prompt information.
  • the storage status information satisfies the set cooking conditions. It can be considered that the current storage status of the cooking utensils can ensure that the cooking utensils use the materials currently stored in the storage box to cook food that meets the user's needs, so cooking operations can be performed (for example, material transportation to cooking cavities or directly heating the storage box, etc.); the storage status information does not meet the set cooking conditions, it can be considered that the current storage status of the cooking utensils is difficult to ensure that the cooking utensils use the materials currently stored in the storage box to cook food that meets the user's needs, so The cooking operation is prohibited and prompt information is output to prompt the user, so that the user can adjust the storage state of the cooking appliance in time. Specifically, different storage status information can correspond to different prompt information, so that the user can accurately know the content that needs to be adjusted in the current period.
  • the prompt information may specifically include output in the form of display, sound, light, and the like.
  • the display screen of the cooking appliance can be controlled to display prompt information or push the prompt information to the user's terminal to prompt the user.
  • An operation control method proposed in an embodiment of the present application is based on a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box.
  • the method detects the storage state information of the cooking appliance based on the detection signal of the detection device before cooking. , when the storage state information meets the set cooking conditions, the cooking will be carried out. Through the acquisition of the storage state information and the matching of the storage state information with the set cooking conditions, the state of the material in the cooking appliance and whether it meets the cooking requirements can be realized. Effective detection is carried out to ensure that the storage status of cooking utensils can match the cooking needs when cooking, so as to meet the cooking needs of users.
  • cooking is not performed when the storage state does not match the cooking demand, so as to avoid safety problems caused by no-load cooking, and also avoid the problem of poor cooking effect caused by insufficient materials, and further ensure that the cooking operation can be accurate to the user's cooking needs match.
  • the storage box includes a light-transmitting part
  • the detection device includes a light detection device corresponding to the light-transmission part
  • the detection signal includes a light detection signal
  • the light detection device includes a first In the light detection module
  • the light-transmitting portion includes a first light-transmitting portion corresponding to the first light detection module.
  • the storage state information includes the storage state information of the storage box. Referring to FIG. 2, the step of determining the storage state information according to the light detection signal includes:
  • Step S21 determining a first magnitude relationship between a first light detection signal and a first set signal threshold; the first light detection signal is a signal detected by the first light detection module;
  • the first light detection signal here can be obtained from the signal detected by the first light detection module obtained in real time after the cooking appliance is turned on or after receiving a setting instruction from a user.
  • the first set signal threshold is specifically preset to distinguish different states of the storage box relative to the cooking utensil (such as the state that the storage box has been placed on the cooking utensil or the state that the storage box is not placed on the cooking utensil, etc. ) corresponds to the critical value of the light detection signal detected by the first light detection module.
  • the first set signal threshold may be different according to the light characteristics of the first light transmission part and/or the signal detection characteristics of the first light detection module.
  • the first magnitude relationship specifically includes that the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, the first light detection signal is smaller than the first set signal threshold, and the first light detection signal is equal to the first set signal threshold.
  • Step S22 determining the placement status information of the storage bin according to the first size relationship.
  • the placement state information of the storage box specifically refers to information representing the current position of the storage box relative to the cooking appliance.
  • the placement status information of the storage box includes information that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, and information that the storage box is not placed on the cooking appliance.
  • Different first size relationships correspond to different placement status information of the storage bins.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first size relationship and the placement status information of the storage box may be pre-established based on the light characteristics of the first light-transmitting portion and the signal detection characteristics of the first light detection module. Based on the corresponding relationship, the current placement state information of the storage bin corresponding to the first size relationship can be determined to represent the current placement state of the storage bin on the cooking appliance.
  • the first light-transmitting portion is provided with a total reflection triangular prism.
  • the first light-transmitting part is aligned with the first light-detecting module, the light emitted by the first light-detecting module can be reflected back to the first light-detecting module under the action of the total reflection prism;
  • the detection modules are dislocated or far away from each other, the light emitted by the first light detection module cannot return to the first light detection module due to the lack of total reflection.
  • the first photodetection module cannot receive the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal is infinite; when the first photodetection module receives the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal will be close to 0 .
  • the placement state information of the storage box is that the storage box has not been placed on the If the first size relationship is that the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, then it is determined that the placement status information of the storage box is the storage box has not been placed on the cooking appliance.
  • the cooking device is provided with two storage boxes, one storage box is a rice box, used to put rice, and the other storage box is a water tank, used to put water
  • the placement status information here may include the placement status of the rice box information and the placement state information of the water tank, based on this, the first light detection signal corresponding to the rice box is defined as X1, the first light detection signal corresponding to the water tank is defined as X2, and the first set signal threshold is A, then X1> When A, it can be considered that the rice box is not placed on the cooking device. When X2>A, it can be considered that the water tank is not placed on the cooking device. When X1 ⁇ A, it can be considered that the rice box is placed on the cooking device. When X2 ⁇ A, it can be considered that the rice box is placed on the cooking device.
  • the total reflection prism has a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is set on the outer surface of the storage box, the second surface and the The third surface vertically intersects and is located in the storage box.
  • the third surface is the outer surface of the storage box
  • the first surface and the second surface are the inner surfaces of the storage box
  • the first light detection device is arranged outside the storage box , and set corresponding to the third surface. The light emitted by the first photodetection device is vertically incident on the first surface, reflected on the second surface and the third surface in turn, and finally the reflected light enters the first photodetection device.
  • the placement state of the storage box is accurately characterized, so as to accurately identify whether the storage box of the cooking device is placed in the cooking area. on the device, so that cooking can be performed after confirming that the storage box is placed in the cooking device, so as to avoid safety risks or damage to the device caused by cooking without a load on the cooking device.
  • the photodetection device further includes a second photodetection module, the second photodetection module is spaced apart from the first photodetection module, specifically, the second photodetection module can be located in the first photodetection module A light detection module above.
  • the light-transmitting part further includes a second light-transmitting part corresponding to the second photodetection module, and the second light-transmitting part is located above the first light-transmitting part.
  • the light-transmitting structure of the second light-transmitting part and the light-transmitting structure of the first light-transmitting part can be set to be the same or different according to actual needs. Wherein, when the light-transmitting structure of the second light-transmitting part is different from that of the first light-transmitting part, in order to avoid mutual interference of detection results, a partition can be provided in the storage box to separate the space corresponding to the two sub-light-transmitting parts. separated.
  • the storage status information also includes the material placement status information of the storage box. Based on this, referring to FIG. 3, after step S22, it also includes:
  • Step S23 when the placement status information of the storage box is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, determining a second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and a second set signal threshold;
  • the second light detection signal is a signal detected by the second light detection module;
  • the second light detection signal here can be obtained from the signal detected by the second light detection module obtained in real time after the cooking appliance is turned on or after receiving a setting instruction from the user.
  • the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal can be Obtain simultaneously or sequentially according to actual needs.
  • the second set signal threshold is specifically the threshold value corresponding to the preset threshold used to distinguish different states of materials placed in the storage box (such as the presence of materials in the storage box, the absence of materials in the storage box, the amount of different materials stored, etc.). Second, the critical value of the light detection signal detected by the light detection module.
  • the second set signal threshold may be different according to the light characteristics of the second light transmission part and/or the signal detection characteristics of the second light detection module.
  • the deviation between the second set signal threshold and the first set signal threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value.
  • the preset value is 50, which is 50 in this embodiment, and it can also be set to 45, 80, 60, etc. according to actual conditions in other embodiments.
  • the first photodetection signal, the second photodetection signal, the first set signal threshold and the second set signal threshold are digital signals converted from the analog voltage of the photodetection device. value of the amount.
  • the setting of the preset value is beneficial to accurately identify different storage status information in the cooking appliance, so as to ensure subsequent accurate determination of whether the storage status information meets the cooking requirements.
  • the second magnitude relationship specifically includes that the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, the second light detection signal is smaller than the second set signal threshold, and the second light detection signal is equal to the second set signal threshold.
  • Step S24 determining the material placement status information according to the second size relationship.
  • the material placement status information specifically refers to feature information representing the status of the materials placed in the current storage bin.
  • the material placement status information may include first status information and/or second status information, and the like.
  • the first state information is specifically information about the existence or non-existence of materials in the storage box
  • the second state information is specifically information about the storage amount of materials in the storage box.
  • Different second size relationships correspond to different material placement status information.
  • the corresponding relationship between the second size relationship and the material placement state information may be pre-established based on the light characteristics of the second light-transmitting part and the signal detection characteristics of the second light detection module. Based on the corresponding relationship, the current material placement state information corresponding to the second size relationship can be determined to represent the current material placement state in the storage box.
  • the placement state of the material in the storage box is accurately characterized, so as to accurately identify the placement state of the material in the cooking device, So that cooking can be carried out after confirming that the material placement status meets the cooking requirements, and the problem of poor cooking effect caused by too much or too little material can be avoided.
  • the material placement status information includes first status information, and the first status information is information about the existence or non-existence of materials in the storage box.
  • Step S24 includes:
  • Step S241 if the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the material storage box, then determine that the first status information is that there are materials in the material storage box;
  • Step S242 if the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, then determine that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage box.
  • the setting size relationship specifically refers to the size relationship between the second light detection signal and the second set signal threshold when there is material in the preset storage box, which can be pre-set according to the second light detection module.
  • the signal detection characteristics, the characteristics of the materials stored in the storage box, the optical characteristics of the light-transmitting part, etc. are determined.
  • the set size relationship may also refer to the size relationship between the second light detection signal and the second set signal threshold when there is no material in the preset storage bin. If the second size relationship matches the set size relationship, it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage box, and if the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, it is determined that the first status information is that there is material in the storage box.
  • step S24 it also includes:
  • Step S01 obtaining the type of material stored in the storage box and the structural feature information of the second light-transmitting part
  • the material type can be classified according to the optical characteristics of the material. Different material types have different light guiding effects (such as reflection, transmission, etc.) on the light irradiated on its surface. Specifically, in this embodiment, the material type specifically includes materials that can reflect light (such as rice, soybeans, flour, etc.) and light-transmitting materials (such as water, clear soup, Sprite, etc.). It should be noted that the refractive index of the light-transmitting material is greater than the refractive index of the second light-transmitting portion.
  • the structural feature information specifically refers to the feature information of the structure of the light guiding function (such as reflection, projection, etc.) of the light path emitted by the second light detection module on the second light-transmitting part.
  • the structural feature information and material type can be pre-stored parameters, or parameters input by the user based on actual usage conditions.
  • Step S02 determining the set size relationship according to the material type and the structural characteristic information.
  • Different material types and different structural feature information correspond to different set size relationships. Specifically, when the material type is a material that can reflect light, and the structural characteristic information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, it is determined that the set size relationship is the second light detection The signal is smaller than the second set signal threshold; when the material type is a light-transmitting material and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, it is determined that the set size relationship is The second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold.
  • the total reflection prism in this embodiment has the same structure as the total reflection prism in the above embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the planar light-transmitting structure specifically refers to a light-transmitting structure having two oppositely arranged light-transmitting planes, and when light hits one light-transmitting plane, it can be emitted from the other light-transmitting plane.
  • the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, and the storage box is used for materials that can reflect light, based on the placement state information of the storage box, it is confirmed that the second light-transmitting part is aligned with the second photodetection module , if there is a light-reflecting material in the space of the storage box where the second light-transmitting part is aligned, the light emitted by the second light detection module will be projected into the corresponding internal space of the storage box after entering the second light-transmitting part , the material that can reflect light in the inner space will emit light back to the second light-transmitting part, and project it back into the second light-detecting module through the second light-transmitting part; if the storage material in the second light-transmitting part There is no material that can reflect light in the space of the box.
  • the light emitted by the second light detection module will be projected into the corresponding internal space of the storage box after it is incident on the second light-transmitting part. Since the internal space is all air, the light cannot be detected. reflection, the light cannot return to the second photodetection module.
  • the second light-transmitting part is a total reflection prism and the storage box is used to load light-transmitting materials, based on the placement status information of the storage box to confirm the alignment of the second light-transmitting part and the second photodetection module, if There is a light-transmitting material in the space of the storage box opposite the second light-transmitting part.
  • the light emitted by the second light detection module After the light emitted by the second light detection module is incident on the second light-transmitting part, the light is transmitted from the inside of the second light-transmitting part of the light-thinning medium to the In the light-transmitting material used as an optically dense medium, since the light-transmitting material can transmit light, the light cannot return to the second light detection module; if there is no light-transmitting material in the space of the storage box opposite the second light-transmitting part, the second After the light emitted by the second light detection module enters the second light-transmitting part, the light is transmitted from the second light-transmitting part of the light-dense medium into the air as the light-thinning medium, and the light is totally reflected back to the second light detection module .
  • the corresponding detection signal when the second photodetection module cannot receive the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal is infinite; when the second photodetection module receives the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal will be close to 0 .
  • the material type is a material that can reflect light
  • the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure
  • the second light detection signal can be used to be smaller than the second set signal threshold Indicating the presence of materials in the storage box; when the type of the material is a light-transmitting material and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, the second light detection signal can be greater than the second set A certain signal threshold indicates the presence of material in the storage bin.
  • the cooking device is provided with two storage boxes, one storage box is a rice box, which is used to put rice, and the other storage box is a water tank, which is used to put water, then the material placement status information here may include rice placement status information and water placement status information, the second light-transmitting part of the rice box is a plane light-transmitting structure, and the second light-transmitting part of the water tank is a total reflection prism.
  • the second light detection signal corresponding to the rice box is defined as Y1
  • the second light detection signal corresponding to the water tank is defined as Y2, and the second set signal threshold is B, then when Y1>B, it can be considered that there is no rice placed in the inner space of the rice box corresponding to the second light-transmitting part, and when Y1 ⁇ B, it can be considered It is considered that rice is placed in the inner space of the rice box corresponding to the second light-transmitting part; X2>B can be considered that there is water in the inner space of the water tank corresponding to the second light-transmitting part; No water is placed in the inner space of the water tank.
  • different storage boxes correspond to different set size relationships for determining whether there is material in the storage box, wherein, combining the structural characteristics of the second light-transmitting part in the storage box and the The set size relationship is determined based on the material stored in the box, so that based on the set size relationship, the state of whether there is material stored in the storage box can be accurately judged.
  • the material placement status information also includes second status information, and after determining that the first status information is that there are materials in the storage box (such as step S241), it also includes:
  • Step S25 obtaining the set storage capacity corresponding to the second light detection module
  • the set storage volume specifically refers to the storage volume of the material in the storage box when the material in the storage box reaches the height of the second light detection module.
  • the corresponding relationship between the second light detection module and its set storage volume can be determined in advance according to the capacity of the storage box, the height set by the second light detection module, etc., and stored in the memory.
  • Step S26 determining the storage amount information of the material according to the set storage amount.
  • the acquired set storage quantity is used as material storage quantity information.
  • the number of the second photodetection modules is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, and the corresponding second size of the second photodetection modules is The number of relationships is multiple. Based on this, the second light detection signal corresponding to each second detection module can characterize whether there is material in the corresponding internal space of the storage box.
  • Step S241 includes: if at least one of the plurality of second size relationships The second size relationship matches the set size relationship, then it is determined that the first status information is that there is material in the storage box; step S242 includes: if a plurality of the second size relationships are all the same as the set size relationship If they do not match, it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage bin. Based on this, if there is material in the storage area corresponding to the second light detection module of any height, it is considered that there is material in the storage box; If there is material, it can be considered that there is no material stored in the storage box.
  • step S25 includes: determining a target detection module among a plurality of the second light detection modules; the target detection module is a second light detection module whose corresponding second size relationship matches the set size relationship module; acquire the set storage capacity corresponding to the target detection module.
  • the material storage area of the material storage box corresponding to the second light detection module will be used as a target detection module when there is material.
  • one or more targets may exist depending on the amount of material stored in the storage box. detection module.
  • all of the multiple set storage quantities may be used as the material storage quantity information, or one of them may be selected as the material storage quantity information.
  • the number of the set storage amount is one, then determine the information on the material storage amount as the set storage amount;
  • the set storage amount with the largest numerical value among the fixed storage amounts is the target storage amount, and the information about the material storage amount is determined as the target storage amount.
  • multiple second detection modules in different positions and their corresponding second detection signals are used to characterize the different storage volumes of materials in the storage box, so as to achieve effective monitoring of the storage volume of materials in the storage box.
  • the detection can ensure that the follow-up can judge whether the amount of materials placed meets the cooking requirements based on the detection results, and cook only when the amount of materials stored meets the cooking requirements, so as to ensure the cooking effect.
  • the second photodetection module and its corresponding second light-transmitting part in this embodiment may also be provided, and The material placement status information of the storage bin can be determined according to the related solution of the second light detection module mentioned in this embodiment.
  • the storage status information includes the placement status information of the storage box and the storage status information of the material of the storage box.
  • step S30 includes:
  • Step S31 judging whether the placement state information of the material storage box satisfies the first set condition, and whether the material placement state information satisfies the second set condition;
  • the first setting condition is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance
  • the second setting condition is that there are materials in the storage box and the storage capacity of the materials is greater than or equal to the amount required for cooking. target storage capacity.
  • step S32 When the placement state information of the material storage box meets the first set condition and the material placement state information meets the second set condition, step S32 is executed; when the placement state information of the material storage box does not meet the first set condition When a condition is set, or when the material placement status information does not satisfy the second set condition, step S33 is executed. Step S32, determining that the stored material status information satisfies the set cooking conditions;
  • Step S33 determining that the storage status information does not meet the set cooking conditions.
  • the target storage amount required for cooking specifically refers to the amount of material that needs to be placed in the storage box when the amount or shape of the food obtained by the cooking operation can meet the user's demand.
  • the target storage capacity may be automatically identified based on the cooking type used for selection, or may be obtained directly from parameters input by the user, or may be parameters stored by default.
  • the storage box is used to store rice.
  • the target storage volume can be 150ml; when the user needs to cook rice, the target storage volume can be 300ml. Based on this, cooking porridge will only start when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil and the amount of rice stored in it is at least 150ml, otherwise the porridge cooking operation will not be performed; when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil , and the amount of rice stored in it is at least 300ml, it will start cooking, otherwise the cooking operation of cooking rice will not be performed.
  • the storage box is used to store water.
  • the target storage volume can be 400ml; when the user needs to cook rice, the target storage volume can be 330ml. Based on this, when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil and the amount of water stored in it is at least 400ml, the cooking of porridge will start, otherwise the cooking operation of porridge will not be performed; when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil, And when the amount of rice stored in it is at least 330ml, the cooking will start, otherwise the cooking operation of cooking will not be performed.
  • the storage box includes a first storage box and a second storage box, the first storage box is used to place food (such as rice, beans, fruits, etc.), and the second storage box is used to place water , soup, etc.
  • the materials stored in the two material storage boxes are materials that need to be coordinated with cooking. Based on this, when the placement status information of the storage bins corresponding to the two storage bins both meet the first setting condition, and the material placement status information corresponding to the two storage bins both meet the second setting condition, the storage condition is determined.
  • the material state information meets the set cooking conditions; otherwise, it is determined that the material storage state information does not meet the set cooking conditions.
  • the target storage capacity corresponding to the water tank may be determined according to the target storage capacity of the rice box.
  • one storage box is used for rice, and the other storage box is used for water.
  • Porridge cooking and rice cooking have different requirements for rice volume and water volume.
  • the target storage volume of rice can be 150ml
  • water The target storage volume can be 400ml. Both the rice storage box and the water storage box are placed in the cooking appliance, and the amount of rice stored in one storage box is at least 150ml, and the rice storage box is stored in one storage box.
  • the porridge cooking operation will not start until the volume is at least 400ml; otherwise, the porridge cooking operation will not be performed;
  • the storage box for storing rice and water is placed in the cooking appliance, and the amount of rice stored in one storage box is at least 300ml, and the amount of rice stored in one storage box is at least 330ml before cooking starts. , otherwise the cooking operation of cooking rice will not be performed.
  • the cooking appliance through the above method, it is ensured that all the storage boxes are placed in the cooking appliance, and the cooking starts only when there are enough materials in the storage box to meet the cooking requirements, so as to ensure that the cooking appliance can achieve effective cooking and finally cook
  • the amount and shape of the obtained food can meet the needs of users, so as to further improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensil.
  • the storage box of each material is placed on the cooking appliance and the storage amount reaches the corresponding target storage amount before starting cooking, so as to ensure that the cooking appliance can achieve effective cooking and through different
  • the final quantity and form of the materials combined with cooking can meet the needs of users, so as to further improve the cooking effect of cooking utensils.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a control device for a cooking appliance, which is used to control the cooking process of the cooking appliance.
  • the control device of the cooking appliance can be built in the cooking appliance, or can be arranged on the outside of the cooking appliance independently.
  • the control device of the cooking appliance includes: a processor 1001 (such as a CPU), a memory 1002 , a data interface 1003 and the like.
  • the memory 1002 can be a high-speed RAM memory, or a stable memory (non-volatile memory), such as a disk memory.
  • the memory 1002 may also be a storage device independent of the foregoing processor 1001 .
  • Both the memory 1002 and the data interface 1003 are connected to the processor 1001 .
  • the processor 1001 can access the detection device through the data interface 1003, so as to obtain the detection signal of the detection device.
  • FIG. 5 does not constitute a limitation to the device, and may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components.
  • the memory 1002 as a computer-readable storage medium may include an operation control program.
  • the processor 1001 can be used to call the operation control program stored in the memory 1002 and execute the relevant steps of the operation control method in any of the above embodiments.
  • a cooking appliance which can be any electrical appliance with a storage box 1 for loading cooking materials, such as a rice cooker, a coffee machine, a cooking machine, a wall breaker, and the like.
  • the cooking appliance specifically includes a storage box 1 , a detection device 2 and a control device (not shown) of the cooking appliance in the above embodiments.
  • the detection device 2 is arranged corresponding to the material storage box 1, and the detection device 2 is connected with the control device of the cooking utensil, and the control device of the cooking utensil can read the detection signal of the detection device 2.
  • the detection device 2 is specifically a device for detecting the condition of the material storage box 1 loaded with materials and/or the condition of the storage box 1 placed in the electrical appliance.
  • the type of detection device 2 can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be one or more of optical detection device, elastic detection device, image detection device 2, weight detection device 2, temperature detection device 2, etc., which can accurately monitor the material condition. Measuring device.
  • the number of detection devices 2 can also be set according to the actual situation, and can be 1, 2, 5 or 6, etc.
  • one storage box 1 is correspondingly provided with at least two detection devices 2, one for detecting the placement status information of the storage box 1, and the other for detecting the material storage capacity of the storage box 1 information.
  • the detection device 2 is arranged outside the material storage box 1 . In other embodiments, the detection device 2 can also be located inside the material storage box 1 , above the material storage box 1 or below the material storage box 1 according to the actual situation.
  • This embodiment proposes a cooking appliance.
  • a detection device 2 is provided corresponding to the material storage box 1, and the control device of the cooking appliance is connected to the detection device 2, so that the control device of the cooking appliance can be based on the detection of the detection device 2.
  • the signal realizes automatic and accurate identification of the material condition before cooking according to the relevant process in the above operation control method, and ensures that the cooking operation is started only when the material state meets the cooking requirements, so as to effectively improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensils.
  • the material storage box 1 includes a light-transmitting portion 3, the detection device 2 includes a light detection device, the light-transmitting portion 3 is provided correspondingly to the light detection device, and the light detection device is connected to the cooking utensil. connected to the control unit.
  • the entire box body of the material storage box 1 is made of a transparent material (for example, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer).
  • the material storage box 1 may also be a partially transparent structure, and only need to install the transparent part 3 at the position to be detected, while other positions do not need to be provided with the transparent part 3 .
  • the light detection device may be an illumination sensor, or a detection component having a light emitter 201 and a light receiver 202 .
  • the light detection device may include an infrared light emitter 201 and an infrared light receiver 202 .
  • Different storage states of cooking utensils (such as whether the storage box 1 is placed or not, whether the storage box 1 is filled with materials, and whether the storage box 1 is filled with different materials) will form different light detection signals in the light detection device.
  • the light detection device is a light sensor
  • the illuminance detected by the light sensor is relatively small when the storage box 1 stores materials;
  • the light intensity detected by the time light sensor is relatively large.
  • the differences in the light detection signals formed in the light detection device are combined, so that through the light detection signal Accurate identification and detection of cooking utensil storage can be realized.
  • the light-transmitting part 3 includes a total reflection prism, and when the material storage space corresponding to the light-transmitting part 3 is empty, the light emitted by the light detection device It is incident into the total reflection triangular prism, undergoes total reflection, and then enters the light detection device.
  • the light detection device includes a light emitter 201 and a light receiver 202. When the light detection device is aligned with the total reflection prism, the light emitted by the light emitter 201 enters the total reflection prism.
  • the air in the storage box 1 is an optically sparse medium
  • the light-transmitting part 3 is a solid structure and belongs to an optically dense medium, so the incident light in the total reflection prism The light will be totally reflected, and the reflected light path will enter into the light receiver 202 to form a corresponding signal.
  • the optical detection device and the total reflection prism of the storage box 1 are not aligned or the storage box 1 is placed with a light-transmitting material (such as water, etc.) to form an optically dense medium
  • a light-transmitting material such as water, etc.
  • the optical detection device includes an optical transmitter 201 and an optical receiver 202, and the optical transmitter 201 and the optical receiver 202 are arranged at intervals; the defined The side of the total reflection triangular prism facing the light emitter 201 and the light receiver 202 is an incident surface, and the direction in which the light emitter 201 and the light receiver 202 are extended is defined as a reference direction, and the incident surface
  • the width d1 along the reference direction is within the range of [5 mm, 9 mm].
  • the total reflection prism has a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is arranged on the outer surface of the storage box 1, and the second surface and the third surface are vertical Intersect and are located in the storage box 1, the second surface has a first side and a second side opposite to each other, the third surface has a third side and a fourth side opposite to each other, the first side is connected to the third side.
  • the third surface is the outer surface of the material storage box 1
  • the first surface and the second surface are the inner surfaces of the material storage box 1
  • the optical detection device is arranged outside the material storage box 1 and spaced apart from the third surface.
  • the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction can be 7mm; in other embodiments, the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction can also be selected as 6mm, 5.5mm, 7.5mm, 8mm, 8.5mm, etc.
  • the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction is too small, the incident light and the reflected light in the total reflection prism are likely to interact with each other, resulting in inaccurate detection results of the storage state information, while the incident surface When the width d1 along the reference direction is too large, the light is likely to diverge and cause light loss, which affects the accuracy of the detection result of the storage state information. Based on this, controlling the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction within the range of [5mm, 9mm] is beneficial to ensure accurate storage status information of the cooking appliance based on the light detection signal.
  • the distance d2 between the light transmitter 201 and the light receiver 202 is less than or equal to the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction, so as to ensure that the light receiver 202 can effectively detect the reflection
  • the returned light further ensures the accuracy of detection of storage status information.
  • the light detection device further includes a light emitter 201, a light receiver 202, a first light concentrating element 41 and a second light concentrating element 42, the first light concentrating element A light concentrating element 41 is disposed between the light emitter 201 and the light transmitting portion 3 , and the second light concentrating element 42 is disposed between the light receiver 202 and the light transmitting portion 3 .
  • the light emitter 201 emits light to the light-transmitting part 3, under the action of the first light-gathering member 41, it can ensure that the light can enter the light-transmitting part 3, especially When the light-transmitting part 3 is a total reflection prism, it can ensure that the light can be accurately incident on the total reflection prism at an incident angle of 90 degrees; and under the action of the second light concentrating member 42, it can ensure that the reflected light can be directed toward the light receiving
  • the light receiver 202 is deflected, and the light receiver 202 can effectively collect the reflected light. Based on this, the arrangement of the first light concentrating member 41 and the second light concentrating member 42 is beneficial to further ensure that the light detection signal detected by the light detection device can accurately reflect the state of the material.
  • the first light concentrating member 41 is provided with a first slope on the side facing the light emitter 201
  • the second light concentrating member 42 is provided with a side facing the light receiver 202 .
  • One side is provided with a second slope
  • the first slope and the second slope form an angle
  • the angle bisector of the angle between the first slope and the second slope is located between the light emitter 201 and the second slope. between the light receivers 202 .
  • the light emitted by the light emitter 201 is refracted under the action of the first inclined surface and then enters the light-transmitting part 3 from the first light-concentrating member 41, and the light emitted from the light-transmitting part 3 enters the second light-condensing member 42 and passes through the second inclined surface. Refraction occurs under the action of , and then enters the light receiver 202.
  • the angle ⁇ between the first slope and the second slope is within the interval [130°, 180°]. In this embodiment, the angle ⁇ between the first slope and the second slope is 150°. In other embodiments, the angle ⁇ between the first slope and the second slope can also be selected as 135°, 140°, 155° or 160° according to actual needs.
  • the angle ⁇ between the first slope and the second slope is too small, the refracted light will further diverge and cannot be incident on the light-transmitting part 3 or the light receiver 202, and the angle between the first slope and the second slope If the angle ⁇ is too large, the refracted light will converge excessively, causing the incident light and reflected light to interact with each other. Therefore, setting the angle ⁇ between the first slope and the second slope within [130°, 180°] can ensure effective light concentration. To ensure the accuracy of detection of storage status information.
  • the cooking utensil further includes a substrate 6 and a first shading member 51, and both the first shading member 51 and the light detection device are arranged on the substrate 6.
  • the first light-shielding member 51 is disposed around the light detection device, and the light detection device and the first light-shielding member 51 are both located between the substrate 6 and the light-transmitting portion 3 .
  • the substrate 6 is specifically a PCB board for performing data processing on the light detection device.
  • the substrate 6 can also be configured as a plate-shaped structure without data processing function according to actual needs.
  • both the phototransmitter 201 and the photoreceiver 202 are arranged in the opening cavity formed by the substrate 6 and the first light shielding member 51, and the opening of the cavity can be
  • the light-transmitting part 3 is attached, and the installation seat 7 between the light-transmitting part 3 and the photodetection device can also be attached to form a closed cavity to realize light shielding.
  • the light emitted or received by the light detection device will not leak to the external environment under the action of the first light shielding member 51, and the light of the external environment will not affect the signal of the light detection device under the action of the first light shielding member 51. measurement, which is beneficial to ensure the accuracy of the storage status information determined based on the light detection signal.
  • the cooking utensil includes a second shading member 52 in addition to the first shading member 51 , and the light detection device also includes a light emitter 201 and a light receiver 202 , the second light shielding member 52 is disposed on the substrate 6 and located between the light emitter 201 and the light receiver 202 .
  • the second light shielding member 52 Through the setting of the second light shielding member 52 , the light emitted by the light transmitter 201 and the light reflected to the light receiver 202 will not interfere with each other, thereby further ensuring the accuracy of the storage status information represented by the light detection signal.
  • the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the storage box 1 is located in the interval [10 mm, 25 mm].
  • the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the material storage box 1 (such as the first surface of the above-mentioned total reflection prism) is 18 mm.
  • the distance d3 between the base plate 6 and the outer surface of the material storage box 1 can also be set to 12mm, 14mm, 16mm, 20mm or 24mm according to the actual situation.
  • the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the storage box 1 is too large, it is easy to cause the optical path between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part 3 to be too long, resulting in unnecessary loss of light and affecting the accuracy of detection. 1 If the distance d3 between the outer surfaces is too small, the size of the components between the substrate 6 and the light-transmitting part 3 (such as the mounting base below, the light-collecting piece above, etc.) will be too small, which will affect the performance of the light detection device (such as firm installation performance, detection accuracy, etc.). Therefore, the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the material storage box 1 is located in the interval [10mm, 25mm], which can further improve the accuracy of detection of the storage state information.
  • the cooking appliance further includes a mounting base 7, the mounting base 7 includes a bottom plate 72 and two opposite side plates 71, the bottom plate 72 is located on the Between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part 3, the bottom plate 72 and the side plate 71 surround to form an installation cavity, the light detection device is arranged in the installation cavity, and the bottom plate 72 is provided with a light-transmission area 721.
  • the light-transmitting area 721 on the bottom plate 72 may be a light-transmitting hole or a light-transmitting member.
  • the bottom plate 72 may be formed with several corresponding installation grooves for installation and positioning of the light concentrating piece and/or the light shielding piece.
  • the installation cavity formed by the bottom plate 72 and the side plate 71 is an open cavity.
  • the base plate 6 can close the open cavity to form a closed accommodating cavity, and can further cooperate with the function of the shading member. The leakage of light in the installation cavity or the entry of external light into the cavity is avoided, so as to ensure that the signal detected by the light detection device can accurately represent the material state of the cooking utensil.
  • the arrangement of the installation base can facilitate the installation and fixation of the light detection device in the cooking appliance.
  • the cooking utensil includes a main body (not shown), and an accommodating cavity is arranged in the main body (not shown), and the storage box 1 is detachably arranged in the accommodating cavity.
  • the light detection device is fixedly connected with the main body (not shown). Based on this, it is convenient to take out the storage box 1 for cleaning or loading materials according to actual needs, and the light detection device is fixed on the main body (not shown), so that the state of putting in and taking out the storage box 1 can be accurately realized. identify.
  • a light detection device is provided corresponding to the bottom of the material storage box 1 , and it can accurately identify whether the material storage box 1 is properly placed in the cooking appliance based on the light detection signal.
  • the shape of the inner wall of the accommodating cavity is adapted to the shape of the outer surface of the material storage box 1 .
  • the photodetection device includes at least two photodetection modules
  • the light-transmitting part 3 includes at least two sub-light-transmitting parts
  • the photodetection module and the The light-transmitting parts are arranged in one-to-one correspondence, and the light detection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
  • each photodetection module includes a light emitter 201 and a photoreceiver 202, and each photodetection module may also include a corresponding substrate 6, a light concentrating member and/or a light shielding member, etc., and each photodetection module
  • the relative positions and connection relationships of the various components can be referred to the above embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • the light-transmitting area corresponding to the light detection module is defined as a sub-light-transmitting part.
  • Each sub-light-transmitting part can be configured as the above-mentioned total reflection triangular prism or a planar light-transmitting structure according to actual needs.
  • the planar light-transmitting structure specifically means that the light-transmitting portion 3 has two oppositely disposed light-transmitting surfaces.
  • each photodetection module includes a phototransmitter 201 and a photoreceiver 202, and each photodetection module may also include a corresponding substrate 6, a light concentrating member and/or a light shielding member, etc.
  • the relative positions and connections of the components in each photodetection module can be referred to the above embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the material storage box 1 is a structure made of transparent materials as a whole, the light-transmitting area corresponding to the light detection module is defined as a sub-light-transmitting part.
  • the specific position of the light detection module can be set according to the detection requirements, and the light detection module is generally fixed in the cooking utensil. If the light detection signal of the light detection module is used to identify the placement status information of the storage box 1, when the storage box 1 is placed in the cooking utensil to meet the cooking requirements, the detection module is set corresponding to the bottom of the storage box 1. If the light detection signal of the light detection module is used to identify the material storage information of the storage box 1, when the storage box 1 is placed in the cooking utensil to meet the cooking requirements, the light detection module and the middle and upper parts of the storage box 1 The areas are set correspondingly, and multiple light detection modules can be set according to the multiple different storage quantities that need to be measured.
  • At least two of the light detection modules include a first light detection module 21 and a second light detection module 22, and at least two sub-light transmission parts include a first light transmission part 31 and a second light transmission part 31. part 32, the first light-transmitting part 31 is set corresponding to the first light detection module 21, the second light-transmitting part 32 is set corresponding to the second light detection module 22, and the first light detection module 21 is arranged corresponding to the bottom of the storage box, and the second photodetection module 22 is located above the first photodetection module 21 .
  • first light-transmitting portion 31 and the second light-transmitting portion 32 can be set according to actual needs.
  • both the first light transmission part 31 and the second light transmission part 32 are total reflection triangular prisms; or, the first light transmission part 31 is a planar light transmission structure, and the second light transmission part 32 is a total reflection prism; or, the first light transmission part 31 is a total reflection prism, the second light transmission part 32 is a planar light transmission structure, and so on.
  • the first light detection signal corresponding to the first light detection module 21 can be used to identify the placement status information of the storage box; the second light detection signal corresponding to the second light detection module 22 can be used to identify the material placed in the storage box. status information.
  • the number of the second photodetection modules 22 can be set to one or more according to actual needs.
  • the number of the second photodetection modules 22 is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules 22 are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, so as to realize the monitoring of different material storage volumes in the material storage box 1. Accurate identification.
  • the positions of the corresponding N second photodetection modules 22 can be set according to the N rice quantity requirements of the cooking demand; when the material storage box 1 is used for filling water
  • the corresponding N second light detection modules 22 can be set according to the N water volume requirements of the cooking requirements, or the detection positions of the N second light detection modules 22 can be determined according to the N rice volume requirements of the cooking ratio.
  • a first light detection module 21 is set at the bottom of the storage box 1, and the height position of the material surface when the storage box 1 stores 100ml, 200ml, 300ml, and 400ml of materials is respectively provided with a second light detection module 22, so that the first light detection module 21 can detect whether the material storage box 1 is completely placed in the cooking appliance, and the multiple second light detection modules 22 can identify the specific amount of materials stored in the material storage box 1 .
  • a storage bin 1 is provided with at least two optical detection modules, so that the different material states of the storage bin 1 can be characterized based on the detection signals of different optical detection modules, further ensuring the characterization of material state information accuracy.
  • a storage chamber is provided in the storage box 1, and the cooking utensil further includes a partition 8, and the partition 8 It is arranged in the storage box 1 and separates the storage cavity into an isolated first cavity and a second cavity, the first cavity is located at the bottom of the storage box 1, and the second cavity is A light-transmitting portion 31 is disposed in alignment with the first cavity, and the second light-transmitting portion 32 is disposed in alignment with the second cavity. Specifically, the second cavity is used for placing materials.
  • the characterization results of the material state information corresponding to the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 can be avoided from influencing each other, ensuring that the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 correspond to each other.
  • the light detection signal can accurately characterize the different storage conditions in the cooking appliance.
  • the cooking appliance includes at least two of the storage boxes 1 and their corresponding light detection devices, and at least two of the storage boxes 1 include the first storage box 11 and a second material storage box 12, the first material storage box 11 is set to store materials that can reflect light (for example, rice, soybeans, red beans, wheat, etc.), and the second material storage box 12 is set to store transparent Light materials (eg, water, broth, sprite, etc.).
  • first material storage box 11 is set to store materials that can reflect light (for example, rice, soybeans, red beans, wheat, etc.)
  • the second material storage box 12 is set to store transparent Light materials (eg, water, broth, sprite, etc.).
  • the first light-transmitting part 31 of the first storage box 11 is a total reflection triangular prism
  • the second light-transmitting part 32 is a planar light-transmitting structure. Based on this, the light detection signal of the first light detection module 21 of the first storage box 11 can be used to characterize whether the first storage box 11 is placed in the cooking appliance, and the light detection signal of the second light detection module 32 of the second storage box 12 The light detection signal can be used to characterize whether there is a material in the first material storage box 11 and the storage amount of the material.
  • the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first material storage box 11 Since the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first material storage box 11 is fixedly installed in the cooking appliance, and the first material storage box 11 is detachable, when the first material storage box 11 is not placed in the cooking appliance, there is no first The total reflection prism of the material storage box 11 reflects the light emitted by the first sub-detection module 21, so the light emitted by the first light detection module 21 will not be reflected back to the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first material storage box 11, The first light detection module 21 cannot detect its light reflection signal; and when the first storage box 11 is placed in the cooking utensil, its total reflection triangular prism will reflect the light emitted by its corresponding first light detection module 21, so the first The light emitted by the first photodetection module 21 corresponding to a storage bin 11 will be reflected back to the first photodetection module 21 , and the first photodetection module 21 corresponding to the first storage bin 11 can detect
  • the light emitted by the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the first storage box 11 enters the first storage box 11 through the planar light-transmitting structure.
  • the light will be reflected to the second light detection module 22 corresponding to the first storage box 11, and the second light corresponding to the first storage box 11
  • the light will not be reflected to the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the first storage bin 11, so based on the detection by the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the first storage bin 11
  • the signal difference and the material status reflected by the detection signals detected by the second photodetection modules 22 corresponding to different first material storage bins 11 can realize accurate identification of the storage amount of the material in the first material storage bin 11 .
  • Both the first light-transmitting portion 31 and the first light-transmitting portion 32 of the second storage box 12 are total reflection triangular prisms.
  • the detection principle of the placement state information of the second storage box 12 by the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the second storage box 12 is the same as that of the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first storage box 12.
  • the detection principle of the placement state information of 12 is the same, and will not be repeated here.
  • the materials stored in the second storage box 12 can transmit light
  • the second storage box 12 is located in the cooking utensil
  • the light emitted by the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the second storage box 12 will enter into it.
  • the corresponding total reflection prism when there is no material stored in the area corresponding to the second light detection module 22 of the second storage box 12, the light will be totally reflected in the total reflection prism, and the reflected light will return to the second light detection module 22.
  • the second The light detection module 22 When light-transmitting materials are stored in the area of the second storage box 12 corresponding to the second light detection module 22, under the light-transmitting effect of the light-transmitting materials, the light will not be totally reflected in the total reflection prism, then the second The light detection module 22 will not detect the reflected light signal, so based on the difference of the detection signal of the second light detection module 22 corresponding to the second storage box 12, and the second light detection module corresponding to the different second storage box 12 The state of the material reflected by the detection signal detected at 22 can realize accurate identification of the storage volume of the material in the second storage box 12 .
  • the above-mentioned first photodetection module 21 to second photodetection module 22 are set correspondingly, so as to realize the detection of different storage boxes 1 in the cooking appliance.
  • the current cooking appliances are generally unable to automatically detect the state of the water tank and other liquid storage tanks where they are placed, resulting in unsatisfactory cooking needs of users.
  • the present application provides the above-mentioned solution, aiming at realizing the effective detection of the state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance, so as to meet the cooking needs of users.
  • An embodiment of the present application proposes an operation control method of a cooking appliance, which is applied to detecting the state of a liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance.
  • the cooking appliance can be any electrical appliance with a liquid storage tank for storing cooking-related liquids, such as an electric rice cooker, coffee machine, cooking machine, wall breaker, and the like.
  • the cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank and a light detection device arranged corresponding to the liquid storage tank.
  • the photodetection device includes a first photodetection module and a second photodetection module, and the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module are specifically for detecting the liquid storage in the liquid storage tank and/or the placement of the liquid storage tank in the cooking utensil. detection device.
  • the types of the first light detection module and the second light detection module can be set according to actual conditions, such as light sensors or detection modules with light emitting and light receiving functions.
  • the location of the light detection device can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be arranged outside the liquid storage tank, inside the liquid storage tank, above the liquid storage tank, or below the liquid storage tank.
  • the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage chamber
  • the second light detection module is set corresponding to the target area of the liquid storage tank
  • the target area is the The area on the liquid tank outside the liquid storage chamber.
  • the first light detection module is a module for detecting the liquid storage condition of the liquid storage tank
  • the second light detection module is a module for detecting the placement of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance.
  • the liquid storage tank is a water tank.
  • the liquid storage tank can be set as a module for storing other types of liquids (such as soup, soda, coffee, etc.) according to actual needs
  • the operation control method of the cooking appliance includes the following steps:
  • Step S110 obtaining a first light detection signal of the first light detection module, and obtaining a second light detection signal of the second light detection module;
  • the first light detection signal here is obtained by monitoring the emission signal of the first light detection module, the received reflection signal, the amount of change of the signal and/or the rate of change of the signal, and the like.
  • the second light detection signal here is obtained by monitoring the emission signal of the second light detection module, the received reflection signal, the amount of change of the signal and/or the rate of change of the signal, and the like.
  • the acquisition methods of the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal can be adapted to the different detection principles of the corresponding light detection modules.
  • the first light detection module or the second light detection module includes a signal transmitter and a signal receiver.
  • the signals of the transmitter and the receiver can be monitored at the same time to obtain the corresponding optical detection signal of the first optical detection module or the second optical detection module, and the signal of the signal receiver can also be monitored to obtain the first optical detection module or the second optical detection module.
  • the light detection signal corresponding to the second light detection module as another example, when the first light detection module or the second light detection module is a light sensor, the signal detected by the light sensor can be directly monitored to obtain the corresponding light detection signal of the first light detection module or the second light detection module. light detection signal.
  • the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal here can be obtained from signals detected by the first light detection module and the second light detection module obtained in real time after the cooking appliance is powered on and receives a user's setting instruction.
  • Different states of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance can form different light detection signals in the first light detection module and the second light detection module.
  • the light detection signals in the first light detection module and the second light detection module are different when water is placed and when water is not placed; It is different from the light detection signal in the second light detection module.
  • step S110 may be performed after receiving an instruction to start the cooking function input by the user.
  • Step S120 determining state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank specifically represents the characteristic information of the current state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance related to cooking.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank may include information on the placement state of the liquid storage tank (such as whether there is a liquid storage tank), information on the amount of liquid stored, information on the placement state of the liquid (such as whether there is liquid placed), and/or liquid temperature information.
  • Different first light detection signals and different second light detection signals correspond to different state information of the liquid storage tank.
  • the installation location and the like can pre-establish the corresponding relationship between the first light detection signal, the second light detection signal and the state information of the liquid storage tank.
  • the corresponding relationship may have forms such as calculation relationship and mapping relationship.
  • the current state information of the liquid storage tank corresponding to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal can be determined.
  • the setting state information of different liquid storage tanks corresponds to different setting signal characteristics. If the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the setting signal characteristics, the setting can be determined.
  • the setting state information of the liquid storage tank corresponding to the characteristic information is the current state information of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance.
  • the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module can be obtained
  • the signals corresponding to when the liquid tank is placed with liquid can be the same amount or different amounts) and when no liquid is placed are used as the first sample, and based on the analysis of the first sample, the liquid storage tank is placed with and without liquid.
  • the first characteristic signal and the second characteristic signal correspond respectively when there is liquid, the first state when the liquid storage tank is placed is associated with the first characteristic signal, and the second state when the liquid storage tank is not placed with liquid is associated with the second characteristic signal
  • the signals are associated to form a first corresponding relationship. Based on the first correspondence, when both the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the first characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is liquid in the liquid storage tank, and the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the first characteristic signal. When both the second light detection signals match the second characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank.
  • the storage can be obtained.
  • the signals corresponding to the first light detection module and the second light detection module are used as the second sample, and based on the analysis of the second sample, the respective corresponding first and second signals when the liquid storage tank is placed with different amounts of liquid Three characteristic signals.
  • the second corresponding relationship is formed by associating the different third characteristic signals with the corresponding liquid volumes of the liquid storage tanks. Based on this, when there is a third characteristic signal that matches the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal, the liquid volume of the liquid storage tank associated with the matching third characteristic signal can be determined as the liquid stored in the cooking appliance. Box current information.
  • the liquid storage tank is placed in the designated position and not placed in the designated position in the cooking appliance, different light detection signals will be formed in the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module, and the liquid storage tank can be obtained multiple times.
  • the signals corresponding to the first light detection module and the second light detection module respectively when placed at the specified position and when not placed at the specified position and when not placed are used as the third sample. Based on the analysis of the third sample, it is obtained
  • the fourth characteristic signal and the fifth characteristic signal respectively correspond to when placed in the designated position, the liquid storage tank is placed in the designated position and is associated with the fourth characteristic signal, and the liquid storage tank is not placed in the designated position and is associated with the fifth characteristic signal to form a third correspondence relation.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank is the designated position of the liquid storage tank in the cooking utensil.
  • the signal and the second light detection signal match the fifth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is that the liquid storage tank is not placed in the designated position of the cooking appliance.
  • the liquid storage cavity of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance and the outer area of the liquid storage cavity are respectively provided with a first light detection module and a second light detection module. Combining the first photodetection signal detected by the first photodetection module and the second photodetection signal detected by the second photodetection module to determine the state information of the liquid storage tank, so as to realize effective monitoring of the state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance through the photodetection signal detection to meet the cooking needs of users.
  • the housing includes a first light-transmitting part located in the liquid storage chamber, the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the first light-transmitting part, and the first light-transmitting part is a full A reflective structure, the target area is provided with a reflective structure.
  • the total reflection structure is specifically a rib that has a total reflection effect on the incident optical signal. After the transmission signal of the light detection module is incident into the total reflection structure, total reflection can occur in the total reflection structure, and the reflection signal formed by the total reflection can reflect to the light detection module.
  • the total reflection structure includes a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is provided on the outer surface of the housing, the second surface intersects the third surface, and located in the liquid storage chamber.
  • the total reflection structure may also have other structures, as long as the total reflection can be realized.
  • the target area may be provided with a light-transmitting reflective structure, or may be provided with a light-impermeable reflective structure. Based on this, with reference to FIG. 16, step S120 includes:
  • Step S121 identifying whether the first light detection signal has a first characteristic signal, and obtaining a first identification result
  • the first optical detection signal can be identified based on the signal strength of the first optical detection signal whether there is a first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal, or based on the signal characteristic parameters (such as frequency and receiving time period) of the first optical detection signal and The result obtained after comparing the preset signal features corresponding to the first characteristic signal identifies whether the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal.
  • the first identification result includes the existence of the first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal or the absence of the first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal.
  • Step S122 identifying whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal, and obtaining a second identification result
  • the second optical detection signal can be identified based on the signal strength of the second optical detection signal whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal, or based on the signal characteristic parameters (such as frequency, receiving time period) and The result obtained after comparing the preset signal features corresponding to the second characteristic signal identifies whether the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal.
  • the second identification result includes the existence of the second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal or the absence of the second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal.
  • Step S123 determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first identification result and the second identification result
  • the first characteristic signal is the first reflection signal formed by the emission signal of the first photodetection module in the first light-transmitting part
  • the second characteristic signal is the emission signal of the second photodetection module.
  • the signal forms a second reflected signal in the target area.
  • the intensity of the first reflected signal is greater than a first preset intensity threshold
  • the intensity of the second reflected signal is greater than a second preset intensity threshold.
  • Specific sizes of the first preset intensity threshold and the second preset intensity threshold can be set according to actual conditions.
  • the first preset intensity threshold is greater than or equal to 50% of the signal intensity of the first transmission signal emitted by the first light detection module
  • the second preset intensity threshold is greater than or equal to the signal intensity of the second light detection module. 50% of the signal strength of the second transmitted signal.
  • the emission signal emitted by the light detection module can not only reflect on the storage tank, but also form reflection signals on other parts of the cooking utensil, so the identification of the reflection signal with sufficient intensity will be used as the determination of the status information of the storage tank.
  • the basis can ensure the accuracy of the determined state information of the liquid storage tank.
  • Different states of the liquid storage tank have different effects on the total emission of the light signals sent by the first light detection module and the second light detection module on the reflective structure of the liquid storage tank. Based on this, different first identification results and different second identification results correspond to different state information of the liquid storage tank.
  • the total reflection structure corresponding to the first photodetection module can totally reflect the emission signal of the first photodetection module to form the first reflection signal, and the reflection structure corresponding to the second photodetection module
  • the emission signal of the second photodetection module can be reflected to form a second reflection signal;
  • the total reflection structure corresponding to the first photodetection module cannot detect the emission signal of the first photodetection module.
  • the reflective structure corresponding to the second photodetection module cannot reflect the emission signal of the second photodetection module.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first recognition result, the second recognition result and the state information of the material storage box can be preset, and based on the corresponding relationship, the current state of the material storage box can be determined through the current first recognition result and the second recognition result information.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank includes the placement state information of the liquid storage tank and the liquid storage state information of the liquid storage tank, and according to the first identification result and the second
  • the step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the second recognition result includes: determining the placement state information according to the second recognition result; and determining the liquid storage state information according to the first recognition result.
  • the placement state information here includes information about whether the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance.
  • the liquid storage state information includes liquid placement state information (whether the liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank) and/or liquid volume information (how much liquid is in the liquid storage tank).
  • the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage cavity
  • the second light detection module is set corresponding to the outside of the liquid storage cavity
  • identifying the placement state information of the liquid storage tank based on the second recognition result corresponding to the outside of the liquid storage cavity can ensure that the liquid storage tank
  • the liquid storage state of the storage tank will not affect the accuracy of the placement state of the storage tank, but the liquid storage state can be quickly and accurately identified based on the first recognition result corresponding to the liquid storage cavity.
  • the first recognition result can be executed only when the placement state information is determined to be that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance according to the second recognition result.
  • the liquid storage state information may be directly output as the cooking utensil is not placed with liquid.
  • the placement state information of the liquid storage tank may also be determined simultaneously according to the first recognition result and the second recognition result, and the liquid storage state information may be determined simultaneously according to the first recognition result and the second recognition result.
  • a partition is provided inside the housing, and the partition divides the housing into the liquid storage chamber and the cavity, and the liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity
  • the housing further includes a second light-transmitting portion disposed corresponding to the cavity, the reflective structure in the target area includes the second light-transmitting portion, and the second light-transmitting portion is a total reflection structure.
  • the liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity, so when the liquid storage chamber is loaded with liquid, the liquid will not leak into the cavity, and the cavity is filled with air.
  • the cavity is located at the bottom of the liquid storage tank. In other embodiments, the cavity may also be located at the middle or upper part of the liquid storage tank.
  • the housing includes a first sub-housing and a second sub-housing, the first sub-housing is surrounded by a partition to form a liquid storage chamber, the second sub-housing is surrounded by a partition to form a cavity, and the second sub-housing is surrounded by a partition to form a cavity.
  • the space occupied by the housing and the cavity can be used as the target area here, and the second light-transmitting part is a part of the second sub-housing.
  • the liquid storage tank may not be provided with a cavity, and the target area is a solid structure outside the liquid storage chamber, such as the bottom plate of the liquid storage tank.
  • the step of determining the placement status information according to the second identification result includes:
  • determining the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance
  • the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance.
  • the second light-transmitting part is a total emission structure, and when the second light-transmitting part is aligned with the second photodetection module, the light signal emitted by the second photodetection module can be reflected under the action of the total reflection structure Back to the second photodetection module to form the second reflection signal; when the second sub-light-transmitting part and the second photodetection module are dislocated or far away from each other, the light signal emitted by the second photodetection module is due to the total reflection of the total reflection structure It cannot return to the second photodetection module to form the second reflection signal.
  • the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking utensil when there is a second characteristic signal, and it is determined that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking utensil when there is no second characteristic signal.
  • the cooperation of the total reflection structure is set to accurately identify the placement state of the liquid storage tank.
  • the liquid storage chamber is used for placing light-transmitting liquids, such as water, Sprite, and other liquids whose light transmittance is greater than or equal to a set threshold.
  • the liquid storage state information includes the liquid storage state information, and the liquid storage state information includes information about whether liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank. Based on this, the step of determining the liquid storage state information according to the first identification result includes:
  • the placement status information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance
  • the first identification result is that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal
  • determine the placement status of the liquid The information is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank
  • the liquid placement status information is that the liquid storage tank has placed liquid.
  • the light-transmitting part of the optically thinner medium into the light-transmitting liquid such as water as the optically denser medium, Since light-transmitting liquids such as water can transmit light, the light signal cannot return to the first light detection module, and the first light detection signal cannot be formed on the first light detection module; There is no light-transmitting liquid such as water.
  • the light signal After the optical signal emitted by the first photodetection module is incident on the first light-transmitting part, the light signal is irradiated from the inside of the first light-transmitting part of the optically dense medium into the air as the optically sparse medium. The signal is totally reflected back to the first light detection module to form a first reflected signal. Based on this, it is determined that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank when the first characteristic signal exists, and it is determined that there is liquid in the liquid storage tank when the first characteristic signal does not exist, thereby realizing the first photodetection module based on the first light detection module and the first total reflection structure. A light-transmitting part cooperates with the precise identification of the state of the liquid.
  • the number of the first light detection module is multiple, the number of the first light transmission part is multiple, the first light detection module and the first light transmission part One-to-one correspondence settings.
  • a plurality of the first light detection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
  • the first recognition result includes sub-recognition results corresponding to each of the first light detection modules. Each sub-recognition result can be used to determine the above-mentioned liquid placement status information.
  • the liquid storage state information also includes liquid storage information, and the liquid storage information is specifically information representing how much liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank. After the step of determining that the liquid storage state information is that the liquid has been placed in the liquid storage tank, it also includes: determining according to the plurality of sub-identification results and the set storage volume corresponding to each of the first light detection modules The liquid storage information.
  • different first photodetection modules have different set storage volumes correspondingly. amount of liquid.
  • the sub-recognition result that the corresponding first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal is the target result.
  • the pre-associated set storage volume corresponding to the first light detection signal obtained from the target result is the target storage volume
  • the liquid storage volume information here is determined according to the target storage volume with the largest value among the several acquired target storage volumes.
  • the target storage volume with the largest numerical value can be directly used as the liquid storage volume information, or the target storage volume with the largest numerical value can be converted according to preset rules to obtain the liquid storage volume information here.
  • the amount of liquid stored in the liquid storage tank is further determined based on the sub-recognition results corresponding to more than one first light detection devices, so as to realize the detection of water in the liquid storage tank.
  • the amount of liquid stored in it can be effectively detected to further ensure that the cooking needs are met.
  • the first light detection signal is a signal generated according to the first emission signal of the first light detection module and its corresponding first reflection signal.
  • the first light detection signal is the ratio of the signal strength of the first transmitted signal to the signal strength of the first reflected signal, wherein the signal strength is 0 or close to 0 when there is no first reflected signal. If the state of the liquid storage tank is different, the feedback signal corresponding to the first emission signal is different (there is a first reflection signal or there is no first reflection signal), the feedback signal is different, and the first light detection formed by the first light detection module The magnitudes of the signals are different. Based on this, it can be determined according to the first magnitude relationship between the first light detection signal and its corresponding first set signal threshold, and whether the first light detection signal is A first characteristic signal is present. Specifically, step S121 includes:
  • Step S211 comparing the magnitude of the first light detection signal with the first set signal threshold
  • the first set signal threshold is preset to distinguish different states of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance (such as the state that the liquid storage tank has been placed on the cooking appliance or the state that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance, the liquid storage tank
  • the critical value of the light detection signal detected by the first light detection module corresponding to the state of water presence or absence of water, different water volumes in the liquid storage tank, etc.
  • the first set signal threshold may vary depending on the light characteristics of the first light-transmitting portion of the liquid storage tank and/or the signal detection principle of the first light detection module.
  • Step S212 if the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, then determine that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal;
  • Step S213 if the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, then determine that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal;
  • the first light detection module when the first light detection module cannot receive the first reflection signal formed on the liquid storage tank by the first transmission signal emitted by the first light detection module, the first light detection signal is infinite; when the first light detection module receives When the first emission signal emitted by it forms a first reflection signal on the liquid storage tank, the first light detection signal is 0 or close to 0.
  • the first optical detection signal corresponding to the liquid storage tank is defined as X1
  • the first set signal threshold is A
  • X1>A can be considered that there is no first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal
  • X1 ⁇ it may be considered that the first characteristic signal exists in the first light detection signal.
  • the second light detection signal is a signal generated according to the second emission signal of the second light detection module and its corresponding second reflection signal.
  • the second light detection signal is the ratio of the signal strength of the second transmitted signal to the signal strength of the second reflected signal, wherein the signal strength is 0 or close to 0 when there is no second reflected signal. If the state of the liquid storage tank is different, the feedback signal corresponding to the second emission signal is different (there is a second reflection signal or there is no second reflection signal), the feedback signal is different, and the second light detection formed by the second light detection module The magnitudes of the signals are different. Based on this, it can be determined according to the second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and its corresponding second set signal threshold, and whether the second light detection signal is There is a second characteristic signal.
  • step S122 includes:
  • Step S221 comparing the magnitude of the second photodetection signal with a second set signal threshold
  • the second set signal threshold is preset to distinguish different states of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance (such as the state that the liquid storage tank has been placed on the cooking appliance or the state that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance, the liquid storage tank
  • the critical value of the light detection signal detected by the second light detection module corresponding to the state of water presence or absence of water, different water volumes in the liquid storage tank, etc.
  • the second set signal threshold may be different depending on the light characteristics of the second light-transmitting portion of the liquid storage tank and/or the signal detection principle of the second light detection module.
  • the first set signal threshold and the second set signal threshold may be the same or different.
  • Step S222 if the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, then determine that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal;
  • the second light detection module when the second light detection module cannot receive the second reflection signal formed on the liquid storage tank by the second transmission signal emitted by the second light detection module, the second light detection signal is infinite; when the second light detection module receives When the emitted second emission signal forms a second reflection signal on the liquid storage tank, the second light detection signal is 0 or close to 0.
  • the second light detection signal corresponding to the liquid storage tank is defined as Y1
  • the second set signal threshold is B
  • Y1>B can be considered that there is no second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal
  • Y1 ⁇ In case B, it may be considered that the second characteristic signal exists in the second light detection signal.
  • the first light detection signal, the second light detection signal, the first set signal threshold and the second set signal threshold are all converted from the analog voltage detected by the light detection module.
  • the value of the numeric quantity is beneficial to accurately identify the different state information of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance
  • the state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance can be accurately characterized based on the first identification result and/or the second identification result.
  • the present application also proposes another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance.
  • this embodiment referring to FIG. 17 , after the step S120, it further includes:
  • Step S130 judging whether the status information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking conditions
  • step S140 If the state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition, execute step S140; if the state information does not meet the set cooking condition, execute step S150.
  • the setting of the cooking condition specifically refers to the standard that the cooking appliance meets the required condition of the liquid storage tank for the purpose of cooking food that meets the needs of the user.
  • the setting of the cooking conditions may specifically include the amount of liquid required for cooking, the location requirements of the liquid storage tank, and/or the temperature of the liquid required for cooking, and the like.
  • the set cooking conditions may be pre-existing system default conditions, or may be determined based on user-input parameters.
  • Set cooking conditions can vary based on the type of cooking. For example, porridge cooking and rice cooking may correspond to different set cooking conditions. Specifically, by analyzing the instructions input by the user, the cooking type required by the user can be determined, and then the corresponding pre-stored cooking conditions can be read as the set cooking conditions here.
  • Step S140 controlling the cooking appliance to perform a cooking operation.
  • Step S150 controlling the cooking appliance to stop performing the cooking operation and output prompt information.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking conditions. It can be considered that the current state of the liquid storage tank of the cooking utensil can ensure that the cooking utensil uses the liquid currently stored in the liquid storage tank to cook food that meets the user's needs, so cooking operations can be performed (for example, Transport the liquid stored in the liquid storage tank to the cooking cavity or directly heat the liquid storage tank, etc.); the state information of the liquid storage tank does not meet the set cooking conditions, and it can be considered that the current state of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance cannot guarantee the use of the cooking appliance.
  • the liquid currently stored in the liquid tank cooks food that meets the needs of the user, so the cooking operation is prohibited and prompt information is output to prompt the user, so that the user can adjust the state of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance in time.
  • different state information of the liquid storage tank may correspond to different prompt information, so that the user can accurately know the content that needs to be adjusted in the current period.
  • the prompt information may specifically include output in the form of display, sound, light, and the like.
  • the display screen of the cooking appliance can be controlled to display prompt information or push the prompt information to the user's terminal to prompt the user.
  • the state information of the obtained liquid storage tank is automatically identified, it is determined whether the recognized state information of the liquid storage tank meets the cooking requirements, and the execution is allowed only when it is determined that the state of the liquid storage tank meets the cooking requirements.
  • Cooking operation so as to ensure that the state of the subsequent liquid storage tank can meet the cooking requirements, ensure the cooking effect and the safe use of cooking utensils; when it is determined that the state of the liquid storage tank does not meet the cooking requirements, the cooking operation is prohibited, so as to effectively avoid the unsatisfactory cooking effect User needs or safety issues with cooking appliances due to poor condition of the liquid reservoir.
  • the state information of the liquid storage tank includes the placement state information of the liquid storage tank and the liquid storage state information in the liquid storage tank (such as liquid placement state information and/or liquid volume information), based on this, step S130 includes:
  • Step S131 judging whether the storage state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies a first set condition, and whether the liquid storage state information satisfies a second set condition;
  • step S132 When the placement state information of the liquid storage tank meets the first set condition and the liquid storage state information meets the second set condition, perform step S132; when the placement state information of the liquid storage tank does not meet the first set condition When a condition is set, or, when the liquid storage state information does not satisfy the second set condition, step S133 is executed.
  • the first setting condition is that the liquid storage tank has been placed on the cooking appliance
  • the second setting condition is that there is liquid in the liquid storage tank and the amount of liquid in the liquid storage tank is greater than or Equal to the amount of storage needed for cooking.
  • Step S132 determining that the state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition
  • Step S133 determining that the state information of the liquid storage tank does not meet the set cooking conditions
  • the storage capacity required for cooking specifically refers to the amount of liquid that needs to be placed in the liquid storage tank when the amount or shape of the food obtained by the cooking operation can meet the needs of the user.
  • the storage capacity required for cooking may be automatically identified based on the cooking type used for selection, or may be obtained directly from parameters input by the user, or may be default stored parameters.
  • the storage volume required for cooking can be 400ml; when the user needs to cook rice, the storage volume required for cooking can be 330ml. Based on this, cooking porridge will only start when the liquid storage tank is placed in the cooking utensil and the amount of liquid stored in it is at least 400ml, otherwise the porridge cooking operation will not be performed; when the liquid storage tank is placed in the cooking utensil , and the amount of liquid stored in it is at least 330ml, the cooking will start, otherwise the cooking operation of cooking will not be performed.
  • the liquid storage tank is placed in the cooking appliance, and the amount of liquid that meets the cooking requirements is stored in the liquid storage tank before starting cooking, so as to ensure that the cooking appliance can achieve effective cooking and finally cook the obtained
  • the amount and shape of the food can meet the needs of the user, so as to further improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensil.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a control device for a cooking appliance, which is used to control a cooking process of the cooking appliance.
  • the control device can be built into the cooking appliance, or it can be arranged on the outside of the cooking appliance independently.
  • the controller includes: a processor 1001 (such as a CPU), a memory 1002, a data interface 1003, and the like.
  • the memory 1002 can be a high-speed RAM memory, or a stable memory (non-volatile memory), such as a disk memory.
  • the memory 1002 may also be a storage device independent of the foregoing processor 1001 .
  • Both the memory 1002 and the data interface 1003 are connected to the processor 1001 .
  • the processor 1001 can be connected to the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 through the data interface 1003 to obtain light detection signals respectively corresponding to the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 .
  • FIG. 18 does not constitute a limitation to the device, and may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components.
  • the memory 1002 as a computer-readable storage medium may include a control program of the cooking appliance.
  • the processor 1001 can be used to call the control program of the cooking appliance stored in the memory 1002 and execute the relevant steps of the operation control method of the cooking appliance in any of the above embodiments.
  • a cooking appliance which can be any electrical appliance with a storage box 1 for loading cooking materials, such as a rice cooker, a coffee machine, a cooking machine, a wall breaker, and the like.
  • the cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank 9 , a first photodetection module 21 , a second photodetection module 22 and the above-mentioned control device for the cooking appliance.
  • the liquid storage tank 9 includes a housing, and a liquid storage chamber is arranged in the housing, the first optical detection module 21 is arranged corresponding to the liquid storage chamber, and the second optical detection module 22 is corresponding to the storage chamber.
  • the target area of the liquid tank 9 is set, the target area is the area on the liquid storage tank 9 outside the liquid storage cavity, and the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are both connected to the control device .
  • the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are specifically functional modules that use optical signals to detect the liquid storage tank 9 and/or the placement of the liquid storage tank 9 in the cooking appliance.
  • the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 may be light sensors, or detection components having a light emitter and a light receiver.
  • the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 may include an infrared light transmitter and an infrared light receiver.
  • the number of the first photodetection modules 21 or the second photodetection modules 22 can also be set according to the actual situation, and can be 1, 2, 5 or 6 and so on. Specifically, in an embodiment, the number of the first light detection module 21 is more than one, and the number of the second light detection module 22 is one. In the second embodiment, the number of the first light detection module 21 is one, and the number of the second light detection module 22 is one.
  • the first light detection module 21 and/or the second light detection module 22 can be arranged outside the liquid storage tank 9 .
  • the first photodetection module 21 and/or the second photodetection module 22 can also be arranged inside the liquid storage tank 9 , above the liquid storage tank 9 or below the liquid storage tank 9 according to the actual situation.
  • the different states of the liquid storage tank 9 in the cooking utensil (such as whether the liquid storage tank 9 is placed in the cooking utensil, whether water is placed in the liquid storage tank 9, whether the amount of water in the liquid storage tank 9 is different, etc.)
  • Different light detection signals are formed in the second light detection module 22 .
  • the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 are light sensors, when a natural light source or an electronic light source irradiates the liquid storage tank 9, the illuminance detected by the light sensor when the liquid storage tank 9 is stored with water is relatively low. Small; when the liquid storage tank 9 does not store water, the illuminance detected by the light sensor is relatively large.
  • This embodiment proposes a cooking appliance, in which a first photodetection module 21 and a second photodetection module 22 are arranged corresponding to the liquid storage tank 9, and the control device is connected with the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module respectively.
  • the module 22 is connected, so that the control device can automatically and accurately determine the situation of the liquid storage tank 9 based on the corresponding light detection signals of the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 according to the relevant process in the above-mentioned operation control method of the cooking appliance.
  • identification which combines the light detection characteristics of the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22, the light transmission characteristics of the liquid storage tank 9, the light transmission characteristics of the liquid that the liquid storage tank 9 needs to be loaded, etc.
  • a partition 8 is provided inside the liquid storage tank 9, and the partition 8 divides the interior of the liquid storage tank 9 into an isolated liquid storage cavity and a cavity
  • the housing includes a first light-transmitting portion 31 located in the liquid storage cavity and a second light-transmitting portion 32 located in the cavity, and the first light detection module 21 is disposed corresponding to the first light-transmitting portion 31 , the area where the second light-transmitting portion 32 is located is the target area, and both the first light-transmitting portion 31 and the second light-transmitting portion 32 are total reflection structures.
  • the liquid storage cavity is used for storing liquid.
  • the liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity, so when the liquid storage chamber is loaded with liquid, the liquid will not leak into the cavity, and the cavity is filled with air.
  • the cavity is located at the bottom of the liquid storage tank 9 , and in other embodiments, the cavity may also be located at the middle or upper part of the liquid storage tank 9 .
  • the housing includes a first sub-housing and a second sub-housing, the first sub-housing is surrounded by a partition 8 to form a liquid storage chamber, the second sub-housing and the partition 8 are surrounded to form a cavity, and the second sub-housing is surrounded by a partition 8 to form a cavity.
  • the space occupied by the second sub-housing and the cavity can be used as the target area here, and the second light-transmitting portion 32 is a part of the second sub-housing.
  • the liquid storage tank 9 may not be provided with a cavity, and the target area is a solid structure outside the liquid storage chamber, such as the bottom plate of the liquid storage tank 9 .
  • the entire casing of the liquid storage tank 9 is made of a transparent material (for example, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer).
  • the liquid storage tank 9 can also be a partially transparent structure, only the first light-transmitting part 31 and the second light-transmitting part 31 and the second light-transmitting part 31 need to be provided at the positions corresponding to the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22. Part 32, while other positions do not need to be provided with light-transmitting parts.
  • the total reflection structure is specifically a rib that has a total reflection effect on the incident optical signal. After the emission signal of the first light detection module 21 or the second light detection module 22 is incident into the total reflection structure, a total reflection structure can occur in the total reflection structure. Reflection, the reflection signal formed by total reflection can be reflected to the corresponding photodetection module.
  • the position corresponding to the second detection module 32 on the target area can also be an opaque reflective structure; the first light-transmitting part 31 or the second light-transmitting part 32 can be a plane light-transmitting structure.
  • the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 respectively include a phototransmitter and a photoreceiver, and when the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 and the total reflection structure When the position is set, the light emitted by the light emitter enters the corresponding total reflection structure.
  • the air in the liquid storage cavity or the air when there is no liquid in the liquid storage cavity, etc.), and the light-transmitting total reflection structure is an optically dense medium, so the light incident on the total reflection structure will be totally reflected, and the reflected light path will enter into the A corresponding reflected signal is formed in the light receiver.
  • the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 When the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 is not aligned with the corresponding total reflection structure on the liquid storage tank 9 or the liquid storage tank 9 is placed with an optically dense medium such as liquid, the light incident on the total reflection structure The light will not be fully emitted, but will be transmitted into the liquid storage tank 9, and the light receiver will not detect the reflected signal. Based on this, through the light transmission characteristics of the total reflection structure, the placement of the liquid storage tank 9 and the liquid storage conditions in the area corresponding to the first light detection module 21 or the second light detection module 22 in the liquid storage tank 9 can be accurately identified. .
  • the first light-transmitting part 31 and/or the second light-transmitting part 32 can also be set as other types of light-transmitting structures according to actual needs, and only need to ensure that the different states of the liquid storage tank 9 Different light detection signals can be formed in the light detection device 2 through the light adjustment function of the light-transmitting part 3 to realize the distinction of different states of the liquid storage tank 9 .
  • the mutual influence of the detection signals of the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 can be avoided, and the light corresponding to the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 can be guaranteed.
  • the detection signal can accurately characterize the conditions of different liquid storage tanks 9 in the cooking appliance.
  • the total reflection structure includes a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is provided on the outer surface of the housing, so The second surface and the third surface perpendicularly intersect;
  • the second surface has a first side and a second side opposite to each other, the third surface has a third side and a fourth side opposite to each other, the first side is connected to the third side, and the first side is connected to the third side.
  • the distance between the two sides and the fourth side is within the range of [5mm, 9mm].
  • the first surface is the outer surface of the material storage box 1
  • the second surface and the third surface are the inner surface of the material storage box 1 (that is, the inner wall of the material storage cavity or the inner wall of the cavity), and the first photodetection module 21
  • the second light detection module 22 is disposed outside the storage box 1 and spaced apart from the first surface.
  • the light signal emitted by the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 will be vertically incident on the first surface, Reflection occurs on the second surface and the third surface in sequence, and finally the reflected light signal exits from the first surface and returns to the first light detection module 21 or the second light detection module 22 .
  • the second surface and the third surface perpendicularly intersect through the first side and the third side.
  • the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side can be 7mm; in other embodiments, the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side can also be selected as 6mm, 5.5mm according to actual needs. mm, 7.5mm, 8mm, 8.5mm, etc.
  • the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side is too small, the incident light and the reflected light in the total reflection structure are likely to interact with each other, resulting in inaccurate detection results of the state information of the liquid storage tank 9,
  • the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side is too large, the light is likely to diverge and cause light loss, which affects the accuracy of the detection result of the state information of the liquid storage tank 9 .
  • controlling the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side within the range of [5mm, 9mm] can help to ensure that the light detection signals based on the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 can be Accurately acquire the status information of the liquid storage tank 9 .
  • the number of the second light detection modules 22 is multiple, and the multiple second light detection modules 22 are arranged at intervals.
  • there are multiple second light-transmitting portions 32 and the second light detection modules 22 are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the second light-transmitting portions 32 . Based on this, the accurate identification of the liquid storage volume in the liquid storage tank 9 can be realized through the light detection signals detected by the plurality of second light detection modules 22 provided corresponding to the liquid storage chambers.
  • the corresponding N second photodetection modules 32 can be set according to the N liquid quantities required for cooking, or the N quantity of any material (such as the amount of rice, etc.) that can be combined with liquid according to the cooking ratio It is required to determine the positions detected by the N second light detection modules 32 .
  • the height position of the liquid level is respectively provided with a second light detection module 32 to realize identification by a plurality of second light detection modules 32 Whether there is liquid stored in the liquid storage tank 9 and the amount of liquid stored.
  • the cooking utensil includes a main body (not shown), an accommodating cavity is arranged in the main body (not shown), and the liquid storage tank 9 is detachably arranged in the accommodating cavity,
  • the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are fixedly connected to the main body (not shown).
  • the shape of the inner wall of the accommodating chamber matches the shape of the outer surface of the liquid storage tank 9 . Based on this, it is convenient to take out the liquid storage tank 9 to clean or load water according to actual needs, while the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are fixed on the main body (not shown), which can realize the liquid storage tank 9 The state of putting in and taking out can be accurately identified.
  • the specific structural features of the structural components involved in the embodiment of the operation control method may refer to, but not limited to, the structural features of the corresponding structural components in the embodiment of the cooking appliance.
  • the embodiment of the present application also proposes a computer-readable storage medium, on which an operation control program is stored, and when the operation control program is executed by a processor, the above-mentioned operation control method in any embodiment is implemented related steps.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or the part that contributes to the prior art, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium as described above (such as ROM/RAM , magnetic disk, optical disk), including several instructions to make a terminal device (which may be a mobile phone, computer, server, cooking appliance, or network device, etc.) execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Cookers (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a cooking appliance and an operation control method therefor, a control apparatus, and a computer-readable storage medium. The operation control method for a cooking appliance comprises: acquiring a detection signal of a detection apparatus (S10); determining, according to the detection signal, filled state information of the cooking appliance (S20); determining whether the filled state information satisfies a set cooking condition (S30); if the filled state information satisfies the set cooking condition, controlling the cooking appliance to execute a cooking operation (S40); otherwise, controlling the cooking appliance to stop the cooking operation and output prompt information (S50).

Description

烹饪器具及其运行控制方法、控制装置和可读存储介质Cooking appliance, its operation control method, control device and readable storage medium
优先权信息priority information
本申请要求于2021年5月20日申请的、申请号为202110554361.0和202110552694.X的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of Chinese patent applications with application numbers 202110554361.0 and 202110552694.X filed on May 20, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及生活电器技术领域,尤其涉及烹饪器具及其运行控制方法、控制装置和计算机可读存储介质。The present application relates to the technical field of household electrical appliances, in particular to a cooking appliance and its operation control method, control device and computer-readable storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
在日常生活中,烹饪器具的应用十分普遍,尤其是具有烹饪功能的烹饪器具。大部分具有烹饪功能的烹饪器具一般具有自动烹饪功能,用户把食材或装有食材的内胆放到电器里面,电器可自动烹饪食材。In daily life, cooking utensils are widely used, especially cooking utensils with cooking functions. Most of the cooking utensils with cooking function generally have an automatic cooking function. The user puts ingredients or a liner containing ingredients into the appliance, and the appliance can automatically cook the ingredients.
然而,目前烹饪器具在烹饪前未有对其所放置的食材、内胆等物料的放置状态实现自动检测,烹饪器具的内胆设置有水箱等储液箱,然而目前的烹饪器具一般无法对其所放置的水箱等储液箱的状态实现自动检测,容易导致用户的烹饪需求无法满足。However, the current cooking utensils do not automatically detect the placement status of the ingredients, inner tanks and other materials before cooking. The inner tanks of cooking utensils are equipped with liquid storage tanks such as water tanks, but current cooking utensils generally cannot The state of the placed water tank and other liquid storage tanks is automatically detected, which can easily lead to unsatisfactory cooking needs of users.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请的主要目的在于提供一种运行控制方法,旨在实现对烹饪器具中的物料状态以及储液箱的状态进行有效检测,以满足用户的烹饪需求。The main purpose of the present application is to provide an operation control method, aiming at effectively detecting the state of the material in the cooking appliance and the state of the liquid storage tank, so as to meet the cooking needs of the user.
为实现上述目的,本申请提供一种烹饪器具的运行控制方法,所述烹饪器具包括储料箱和对应所述储料箱设置的检测装置,所述运行控制方法包括以下步骤:In order to achieve the above object, the present application provides an operation control method of a cooking appliance, the cooking appliance includes a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box, and the operation control method includes the following steps:
获取所述检测装置的检测信号;acquiring a detection signal of the detection device;
根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息;determining the storage state information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal;
若所述储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,则控制所述烹饪器具执行烹饪操作。If the storage status information satisfies the set cooking condition, the cooking appliance is controlled to perform a cooking operation.
在一实施例中,所述储料箱包括透光部,所述检测装置包括对应所述透光部设置的光探测装置,所述检测信号包括光探测信号;所述根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the storage box includes a light-transmitting part, the detection device includes a light detection device corresponding to the light-transmitting part, and the detection signal includes a light detection signal; the determination according to the detection signal The step of the storage status information of the cooking appliance includes:
根据所述光探测信号确定所述储料状态信息。The storage status information is determined according to the light detection signal.
在一实施例中,所述光探测装置包括第一光探测模块,所述透光部包括与所述第一光探测模块对应设置的第一透光部,所述储料状态信息包括所述储料箱的放置状态信息,所述根据所述光探测信号确定所述储料状态信息的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the light detection device includes a first light detection module, the light transmission part includes a first light transmission part corresponding to the first light detection module, and the storage status information includes the The placement state information of the storage box, the step of determining the storage state information according to the light detection signal includes:
确定第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值之间的第一大小关系;所述第一光探测信号为所述第一光探测模块检测的信号;Determining a first magnitude relationship between the first light detection signal and the first set signal threshold; the first light detection signal is a signal detected by the first light detection module;
根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息。The placement state information of the storage bin is determined according to the first size relationship.
在一实施例中,所述第一透光部设有全反射三棱镜,所述根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the first light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, and the step of determining the placement state information of the storage box according to the first size relationship includes:
若所述第一大小关系为所述第一光探测信号大于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱未放置于所述烹饪器具上;If the first size relationship is that the first photodetection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, then determining the placement state information of the storage box is that the storage box is not placed on the cooking appliance ;
若所述第一大小关系为所述第一光探测信号小于或等于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上。If the first size relationship is that the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, then it is determined that the storage box is placed in the cooking on the appliance.
在一实施例中,所述光探测装置还包括第二光探测模块,所述第二光探测模块与所述第一光探测模块间隔设置,所述透光部还包括与所述第二光探测模块对应设置的第二透光部,所述储料状态信息还包括所述储料箱的物料放置状态信息,所述根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:In an embodiment, the photodetection device further includes a second photodetection module, the second photodetection module is spaced apart from the first photodetection module, and the light-transmitting part further includes a The detection module corresponds to the second light-transmitting part, the storage state information also includes the material storage state information of the storage box, and the determination of the storage state information of the storage box according to the first size relationship After the steps, also include:
当所述储料状态信息为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上时,确定第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的第二大小关系;所述第二光探测信号为所述第二光探测模块检测的信号;When the storage state information is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, determine a second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and a second set signal threshold; the second light detection The signal is a signal detected by the second photodetection module;
根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息。The material placement state information is determined according to the second size relationship.
在一实施例中,所述第二设定信号阈值与所述第一设定信号阈值的偏差量大于或等于预设值。In an embodiment, the deviation between the second set signal threshold and the first set signal threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value.
在一实施例中,所述物料放置状态信息包括第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内物料存在或不存在的信息,所述根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the material placement status information includes first status information, the first status information is information about the existence or non-existence of materials in the storage box, and the determined according to the second size relationship The steps to describe the material placement status information include:
若所述第二大小关系与所述储料箱对应的设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料;If the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the storage box, it is determined that the first state information is that there is material in the storage box;
若所述第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物 料。If the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage bin.
在一实施例中,所述根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息的步骤之前,还包括:In an embodiment, before the step of determining the material placement status information according to the second size relationship, it further includes:
获取储料箱存放的物料类型以及所述第二透光部的结构特征信息;Acquire the type of material stored in the storage box and the structural feature information of the second light-transmitting part;
根据所述物料类型和所述结构特征信息确定所述设定大小关系。The set size relationship is determined according to the material type and the structural characteristic information.
在一实施例中,所述根据所述物料类型和所述结构特征信息确定所述设定大小关系的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the step of determining the set size relationship according to the material type and the structural feature information includes:
当所述物料类型为可反射光线的物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部为平面透光结构时,确定所述设定大小关系为所述第二光探测信号小于所述第二设定信号阈值;When the material type is a material that can reflect light, and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, it is determined that the set size relationship is that the second light detection signal is smaller than the set The second set signal threshold;
当所述物料类型为透光物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部设有全反射三棱镜时,确定所述设定大小关系为所述第二光探测信号大于所述第二设定信号阈值。When the material type is a light-transmitting material, and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, it is determined that the set size relationship is that the second light detection signal is greater than the first 2. Set the signal threshold.
在一实施例中,所述物料放置状态信息还包括第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息为所述储料箱内的物料存放量信息,所述确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料的步骤之后,还包括:In one embodiment, the material placement status information further includes second status information, the second status information is information on the amount of materials stored in the storage box, and the determination of the first status information is the After the step with material in the storage bin, also include:
获取所述第二光探测模块对应的设定存放量;Obtain the set storage capacity corresponding to the second photodetection module;
根据所述设定存放量确定所述物料存放量信息。The material storage quantity information is determined according to the set storage quantity.
在一实施例中,所述第二光探测模块的数量多个,多个所述第二光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置,所述第二光探测模块对应的第二大小关系的数量多个,所述若所述第二大小关系与所述储料箱对应的设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the number of the second photodetection modules is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, and the number of the second size relationship corresponding to the second photodetection modules is large One, if the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the storage box, then the step of determining that the first state information is that there are materials in the storage box includes:
若多个所述第二大小关系中至少一个第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱存在物料;If at least one second size relationship among the plurality of second size relationships matches the set size relationship, then determining that the first status information is that there is material in the storage box;
所述若所述第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料的步骤包括:If the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, the step of determining that the first state information is that there is no material in the storage box includes:
若多个所述第二大小关系均与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料。If none of the multiple second size relationships match the set size relationship, then it is determined that the first state information is that there is no material in the storage bin.
在一实施例中,所述获取所述第二光探测模块对应的设定存放量的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the step of obtaining the set storage capacity corresponding to the second photodetection module includes:
在多个所述第二光探测模块中确定目标探测模块;所述目标探测模块为对应的第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系匹配的第二光探测模块;Determine a target detection module among the plurality of second light detection modules; the target detection module is a second light detection module whose corresponding second size relationship matches the set size relationship;
获取所述目标探测模块对应的设定存放量。Acquire the set storage capacity corresponding to the target detection module.
在一实施例中,所述根据所述设定存放量确定所述物料存放量信息的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the step of determining the storage amount information of the material according to the set storage amount includes:
当所述设定存放量的数量为一个,则确定所述物料存放量信息为所述设定存放量;When the quantity of the set storage amount is one, then determine the information of the material storage amount as the set storage amount;
当所述设定存放量的数量多个,则确定多个所述设定存放量中数值最大的设定存放量为目标存放量,确定所述物料存放量信息为所述目标存放量。When there are multiple set storage volumes, the set storage volume with the largest value among the multiple set storage volumes is determined as the target storage volume, and the material storage volume information is determined as the target storage volume.
在一实施例中,所述根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:In one embodiment, after the step of determining the storage status information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal, it further includes:
若所述储料状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件,控制所述烹饪器具停止执行烹饪操作并输出提示信息。If the storage status information does not satisfy the set cooking condition, the cooking appliance is controlled to stop performing the cooking operation and output a prompt message.
在一实施例中,所述储料状态信息包括所述储料箱的放置状态信息和所述储料箱的物料放置状态信息,所述根据所述检测信号确定所述家用电器烹饪器具的储料状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:In an embodiment, the storage status information includes the placement status information of the storage box and the storage status information of the material storage box, and the determination of the storage status of the household appliance cooking appliance according to the detection signal After the step for material status information, also include:
当所述储料箱的放置状态信息满足第一设定条件且所述物料放置状态信息满足第二设定条件时,确定所述储料状态信息满足所述设定烹饪条件;When the storage state information of the material storage box satisfies the first set condition and the material storage state information satisfies the second set condition, it is determined that the storage state information satisfies the set cooking condition;
当所述储料箱的放置状态信息不满足所述第一设定条件时,或,当所述物料放置状态信息不满足所述第二设定条件时,确定所述储料状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件;When the placement state information of the material storage box does not meet the first set condition, or when the material placement state information does not meet the second set condition, it is determined that the storage state information does not meet the The set cooking conditions;
其中,所述第一设定条件为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上,所述第二设定条件为所述储料箱内存在物料且物料存放量大于或等于烹饪所需的目标存放量。Wherein, the first setting condition is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, and the second setting condition is that there are materials in the storage box and the storage capacity of the materials is greater than or equal to the amount required for cooking. target storage capacity.
为实现上述目的,本申请提供一种烹饪器具的运行控制方法,其中,所述烹饪器具包括储液箱、第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,所述储液箱包括壳体,所述壳体内设有储液腔,所述光探测装置包括第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,所述第一光探测模块对应所述储液腔设置,所述第二光探测模块对应所述储液箱的目标区域设置,所述目标区域为所述储液箱上位于所述储液腔外部的区域,所述烹饪器具的运行控制方法包括以下步骤:In order to achieve the above object, the present application provides a method for controlling the operation of a cooking appliance, wherein the cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank, a first light detection module, and a second light detection module, the liquid storage tank includes a housing, and the A liquid storage chamber is provided in the housing, and the light detection device includes a first light detection module and a second light detection module, the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage chamber, and the second light detection module is corresponding to the The target area of the liquid storage tank is set, the target area is an area on the liquid storage tank outside the liquid storage cavity, and the operation control method of the cooking appliance includes the following steps:
获取所述第一光探测模块的第一光探测信号,获取所述第二光探测模块的第二光探测信号;Obtaining a first optical detection signal of the first optical detection module, and obtaining a second optical detection signal of the second optical detection module;
根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息。The state information of the liquid storage tank is determined according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal.
在一实施例中,所述壳体包括位于所述储液腔的第一透光部,所述第一光探测模块对应所述第一透光部设置,所述第一透光部为全反射结构,所述目标区域设有反射结构,所述根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the housing includes a first light-transmitting portion located in the liquid storage cavity, the first light detection module is disposed corresponding to the first light-transmitting portion, and the first light-transmitting portion is a full A reflective structure, the target area is provided with a reflective structure, and the step of determining the status information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal includes:
识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号,获得第一识别结果;identifying whether there is a first characteristic signal in the first light detection signal, and obtaining a first identification result;
识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号,获得第二识别结果;identifying whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal, and obtaining a second identification result;
根据所述第一识别结果和所述第二识别结果确定所述储液箱的状态信息;determining state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first identification result and the second identification result;
其中,所述第一特征信号为所述第一光探测模块的发射信号在所述第一透光部形成的第一反射信号,所述第二特征信号为所述第二光探测模块的发射信号在所述目标区域形成的第二反射信号。Wherein, the first characteristic signal is the first reflection signal formed by the emission signal of the first photodetection module in the first light-transmitting part, and the second characteristic signal is the emission signal of the second photodetection module. The signal forms a second reflected signal in the target area.
在一实施例中,所述储液箱的状态信息包括所述储液箱的放置状态信息和所述储液箱的储液状态信息,根据所述第一识别结果和所述第二识别结果确定所述储液箱的状态信息的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the state information of the liquid storage tank includes the placement state information of the liquid storage tank and the liquid storage state information of the liquid storage tank, according to the first identification result and the second identification result The step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank includes:
根据所述第二识别结果确定所述放置状态信息;determining the placement state information according to the second identification result;
根据所述第一识别结果确定所述储液状态信息。The liquid storage state information is determined according to the first identification result.
在一实施例中,所述壳体内设有隔板,所述隔板将所述壳体内分隔成所述储液腔和空腔,所述储液腔与所述空腔隔离设置,所述壳体还包括对应所述空腔设置的第二透光部,所述目标区域内的反射结构包括所述第二透光部,所述第二透光部为全反射结构,所述根据所述第二识别结果确定所述放置状态信息的步骤包括:In one embodiment, a partition is provided inside the casing, and the partition divides the inside of the casing into the liquid storage chamber and the cavity, the liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity, and the The casing also includes a second light-transmitting part corresponding to the cavity, the reflective structure in the target area includes the second light-transmitting part, and the second light-transmitting part is a total reflection structure. The step of determining the placement state information as a result of the second recognition includes:
当所述第二识别结果为所述第二光探测信号存在所述第二特征信号时,确定所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱放置于所述烹饪器具;When the second identification result is that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal, determining the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance;
当所述第二识别结果为所述第二光探测信号不存在所述第二特征信号时,确定所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱未放置于所述烹饪器具。When the second identification result is that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal, it is determined that the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance.
在一实施例中,所述储液腔有用于放置透光液体,所述储液状态信息包括所述液体放置状态信息,所述根据所述第一识别结果确定所述储液状态信息的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the liquid storage cavity is used for placing light-transmitting liquid, the liquid storage state information includes the liquid storage state information, and the step of determining the liquid storage state information according to the first identification result include:
当所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱放置于所述烹饪器具时,若所述第一识别结果为所述第一光探测信号存在所述第一特征信号,则确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱未放置液体;When the placement status information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance, if the first identification result is that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal, then determine the placement status of the liquid The information is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank;
所述第一识别结果为所述第一光探测信号不存在所述第一特征信号,则确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱已放置液体。If the first identification result is that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal, then it is determined that the liquid placement state information is that the liquid storage tank has been placed with liquid.
在一实施例中,所述第一光探测模块的数量为多个,所述第一透光部的数量为多个,所述第一光探测模块与所述第一透光部一一对应设置,所述第一识别结果包括每个所述第一光探测模块对应的子识别结果,所述储液状态信息还包括储液量信息,所述确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱已放置液体的步骤之后,还包括:In an embodiment, the number of the first light detection modules is multiple, the number of the first light transmission parts is multiple, and the first light detection modules correspond to the first light transmission parts one by one. It is set that the first identification result includes sub-identification results corresponding to each of the first light detection modules, the liquid storage state information also includes liquid storage volume information, and the determination of the liquid storage state information is the storage After the step where the liquid tank has been placed, also include:
根据多个所述子识别结果和每个所述第一光探测模块对应的设定存放量确定所述储液量信息。The liquid storage volume information is determined according to the plurality of sub-identification results and the set storage volume corresponding to each of the first light detection modules.
在一实施例中,所述第一反射信号的强度大于第一预设强度阈值,所述第二反射信号的强度大于第二预设强度阈值。In an embodiment, the intensity of the first reflected signal is greater than a first preset intensity threshold, and the intensity of the second reflected signal is greater than a second preset intensity threshold.
在一实施例中,所述第一光探测信号为根据所述第一光探测模块的第一发射信号及其对应的第一反射信号生成的信号,所述识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号的步骤包括:In an embodiment, the first light detection signal is a signal generated according to the first emission signal of the first light detection module and its corresponding first reflection signal, and the identification of whether the first light detection signal is The step of having a first characteristic signal includes:
比较所述第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值的大小;comparing the magnitude of the first light detection signal with a first set signal threshold;
所述第一光探测信号大于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述第一光探测信号不存在所述第一特征信号;If the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, it is determined that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal;
所述第一光探测信号小于或等于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述第一光探测信号存在所述第一特征信号;If the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, it is determined that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal;
且/或,所述第二光探测信号根据所述第二光探测模块的第二发射信号及其对应的第二反射信号生成,所述识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号的步骤包括:And/or, the second light detection signal is generated according to the second emission signal of the second light detection module and its corresponding second reflection signal, and the identification of whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal The steps include:
比较所述第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值的大小;comparing the magnitude of the second photodetection signal with a second set signal threshold;
所述第二光探测信号大于所述第二设定信号阈值,则确定所述第二光探测信号不存在所述第二特征信号;If the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, it is determined that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal;
所述第二光探测信号小于或等于所述第二设定信号阈值,则确定所述第二光探测信号存在所述第二特征信号。If the second light detection signal is less than or equal to the second set signal threshold, it is determined that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal.
在一实施例中,所述根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:In an embodiment, after the step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal, it further includes:
所述储液箱的状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,则控制所述烹饪器具执行烹饪操作;The state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition, and then the cooking appliance is controlled to perform the cooking operation;
所述储液箱的状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件,则控制所述烹饪器具停止执行烹饪操作。The state information of the liquid storage tank does not satisfy the set cooking condition, and the cooking appliance is controlled to stop performing the cooking operation.
此外,为了实现上述目的,本申请还提出一种烹饪器具的控制装置,所述烹饪器具的控制装置包括:存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的运行控制程序,所述运行控制程序被所述处理器执行时实现如上任一项所述的运行控制方法的步骤。In addition, in order to achieve the above object, the present application also proposes a control device for a cooking appliance, which includes: a memory, a processor, and a running program stored in the memory and operable on the processor. A control program, when the operation control program is executed by the processor, the steps of the operation control method described in any one of the above items are implemented.
此外,为了实现上述目的,本申请还提出一种烹饪器具,所述烹饪器具包括:In addition, in order to achieve the above object, the present application also proposes a cooking appliance, which includes:
储料箱;storage bins;
检测装置,所述检测装置对应所述储料箱设置;以及a detection device, the detection device is provided corresponding to the storage box; and
如上所述的烹饪器具的控制装置,所述烹饪器具的控制装置与所述检测装置连接。According to the control device of the cooking appliance as described above, the control device of the cooking appliance is connected with the detection device.
在一实施例中,所述储料箱包括透光部,所述检测装置包括光探测装置,所述透光部与所述光探测装置对应设置,所述光探测装置与所述烹饪器具的控制装置连接。In one embodiment, the storage box includes a light-transmitting part, and the detection device includes a light detection device, the light-transmission part is arranged corresponding to the light detection device, and the light detection device is connected to the cooking utensil. Control unit connection.
在一实施例中,所述透光部包括全反射三棱镜,在所述透光部对应的物料存放空间空载时,所述光探测装置发射的光线入射至所述全反射三棱镜内、发生全反射后入射至所述光探测装置。In one embodiment, the light-transmitting part includes a total reflection prism, and when the material storage space corresponding to the light-transmission part is empty, the light emitted by the light detection device enters the total reflection prism, and a total reflection occurs. After being reflected, it is incident on the photodetection device.
在一实施例中,所述光探测装置包括光发射器和光接收器,所述光发射器与所述光接收器间隔设置;In one embodiment, the optical detection device includes an optical transmitter and an optical receiver, and the optical transmitter and the optical receiver are spaced apart;
定义所述全反射三棱镜朝向所述光发射器和所述光接收器的一面为入射面,定义所述光发射器和所述光接收器延伸设置的方向为基准方向,所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度位于[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内。Define the side of the total reflection triangular prism facing the light emitter and the light receiver as the incident surface, define the direction in which the light emitter and the light receiver extend as the reference direction, and define the incident surface along the The width in the reference direction is within the range of [5mm, 9mm].
在一实施例中,所述光发射器与所述光接收器之间距离小于或等于所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度。In an embodiment, the distance between the light emitter and the light receiver is less than or equal to the width of the incident surface along the reference direction.
在一实施例中,所述光探测装置还包括第一聚光件以及第二聚光件,所述第一聚光件设于所述光发射器与所述透光部之间,所述第二聚光件设于所述光接收器与所述透光部之间。In one embodiment, the photodetection device further includes a first light concentrating element and a second light concentrating element, the first light concentrating element is arranged between the light emitter and the light-transmitting part, the The second light concentrating element is disposed between the light receiver and the light transmission part.
在一实施例中,所述第一聚光件朝向所述光发射器的一侧设有第一斜面,所述第二聚光件朝向所述光接收器的一侧设有第二斜面,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面呈夹角设置,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面的夹角的角平分线位于所述光发射器和所述光接收器之间。In one embodiment, the side of the first light concentrating element facing the light emitter is provided with a first inclined surface, and the side of the second light concentrating element facing the light receiver is provided with a second inclined surface, The first slope and the second slope are arranged at an angle, and an angle bisector of the angle between the first slope and the second slope is located between the light emitter and the light receiver.
在一实施例中,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面之间的夹角位于区间[130°,180°]内。In one embodiment, the included angle between the first slope and the second slope is within the interval [130°, 180°].
在一实施例中,所述烹饪器具还包括基板和第一遮光件,所述第一遮光件和所述光探测装置均设于所述基板;In one embodiment, the cooking utensil further includes a base plate and a first light-shielding member, and both the first light-shielding member and the light detection device are arranged on the base plate;
所述第一遮光件设于所述光探测装置周围,所述光探测装置和所述第一遮光件均位于所述基板与所述透光部之间;且/或,The first light-shielding member is disposed around the light detection device, and the light detection device and the first light-shielding member are both located between the substrate and the light-transmitting portion; and/or,
所述光探测装置还包括基板,所述光探测装置设于所述基板,所述基板与所述储料箱外表面间隔距离位于区间[10mm,25mm]。The photodetection device further includes a substrate, the photodetection device is arranged on the substrate, and the distance between the substrate and the outer surface of the storage box is in the interval [10mm, 25mm].
在一实施例中,所述烹饪器具还包括第二遮光件,所述光探测装置还包括光发射器和光接收器,所述第二遮光件设于所述基板、且位于所述光发射器与所述光接收器之间。In one embodiment, the cooking utensil further includes a second shading member, the photodetection device further includes a light emitter and a light receiver, the second shading member is arranged on the substrate and located on the light emitter and between the photoreceivers.
在一实施例中,所述烹饪器具还包括安装座,所述安装座包括底板以及两个相对设置的侧板,所述底板位于所述光探测装置与透光部之间,所述底板与所述侧板围合形成安装腔,所述光探测装置设于所述安装腔内,所述底板设有透光区域。In one embodiment, the cooking utensil further includes a mounting base, the mounting base includes a bottom plate and two opposite side plates, the bottom plate is located between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part, and the bottom plate and The side plates surround and form an installation cavity, the light detection device is arranged in the installation cavity, and the bottom plate is provided with a light-transmitting area.
在一实施例中,所述烹饪器具包括主体,所述主体内设有容置腔,所述储料箱可拆卸设于所述容置腔内,所述光探测装置与所述主体固定连接。In one embodiment, the cooking utensil includes a main body, the main body is provided with an accommodating cavity, the storage box is detachably arranged in the accommodating cavity, and the light detection device is fixedly connected with the main body .
在一实施例中,所述光探测装置包括至少两个光探测模块,所述透光部包括至少两个子透光部,所述光探测模块与所述子透光部一一对应设置,至少两个所述光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置。In an embodiment, the photodetection device includes at least two photodetection modules, the light-transmitting part includes at least two sub-light-transmitting parts, and the light-detection modules are set in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-light-transmitting parts, at least The two photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
在一实施例中,至少两个所述光探测模块包括第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,至少两个子透光部包括第一透光部和第二透光部,所述第一透光部与所述第一光探测模块对应设置,所述第二透光部与所述第二光探测模块对应设置,所述第一光探测模块与所述储料箱的底部对应设置,第二光探测模块位于所述第一光探测模块的上方。In an embodiment, at least two of the photodetection modules include a first photodetection module and a second photodetection module, at least two sub-light-transmitting parts include a first light-transmitting part and a second light-transmitting part, and the first The light-transmitting part is arranged corresponding to the first light detection module, the second light-transmitting part is arranged corresponding to the second light detection module, and the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the bottom of the storage box, The second light detection module is located above the first light detection module.
在一实施例中,所述第二光探测模块的数量多个,多个所述第二光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置。In an embodiment, there are multiple second photodetection modules, and the plurality of second photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
在一实施例中,所述储料箱内设有储料腔,所述烹饪器具还包括隔板,所述隔板设于所述储料箱内、且将所述储料腔分隔成隔离的第一腔体和第二腔体,所述第一腔体位于所述储料箱的底部,所述第一透光部与所述第一腔体对位设置,所述第二透光部与所述第二腔体对位设置。In one embodiment, a material storage cavity is provided in the material storage box, and the cooking appliance further includes a partition, which is arranged in the material storage box and divides the material storage cavity into isolated The first cavity and the second cavity, the first cavity is located at the bottom of the storage box, the first light-transmitting part is arranged in alignment with the first cavity, and the second light-transmitting The part is set in alignment with the second cavity.
在一实施例中,所述第一透光部和所述第二透光部均为全反射结构;或,In an embodiment, both the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part are total reflection structures; or,
所述第一透光部为平面透光结构,所述第二透光部为全反射结构。The first light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, and the second light-transmitting part is a total reflection structure.
此外,为了实现上述目的,本申请还提出一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有运行控制程序,所述运行控制程序被处理器执行时实现如上任一项所述的运行控制方法的步骤。In addition, in order to achieve the above object, the present application also proposes a computer-readable storage medium, on which an operation control program is stored, and when the operation control program is executed by a processor, the above-mentioned The steps of the operation control method.
本申请提出的一种运行控制方法,基于包括储料箱和与储料箱对应设置的检测装置,该方法在烹饪前先基于检测装置的检测信号对烹饪器具的储料状态信息进行检测,在储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件时才会进行烹饪,通过储料状态信息的获取、储料状态信息与设定烹饪条件的匹配实现对烹饪器具中的物料状态及其是否满足烹饪需求进行有效检测,保证烹饪器具烹饪时储料状态可与烹饪需求相匹配,以满足用户的烹饪需求。An operation control method proposed by the present application is based on a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box. Before cooking, the method first detects the storage status information of the cooking utensil based on the detection signal of the detection device. Cooking will only be carried out when the storage status information meets the set cooking conditions. Through the acquisition of the storage status information and the matching of the storage status information with the set cooking conditions, the status of the materials in the cooking utensils and whether they meet the cooking requirements can be effectively monitored. Detection to ensure that the storage status of the cooking utensils can match the cooking needs when cooking, so as to meet the cooking needs of users.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请运行控制方法一实施例的流程示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic flow chart of an embodiment of the operation control method of the present application;
图2为本申请运行控制方法另一实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flow diagram of another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application;
图3为本申请运行控制方法又一实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application;
图4为本申请运行控制方法再一实施例的流程示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application;
图5为本申请烹饪器具的控制装置一实施例涉及的硬件结构示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure involved in an embodiment of the control device of the cooking appliance of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例烹饪器具中运行控制方法相关的组件结构示意图;6 is a schematic structural diagram of components related to the operation control method in the cooking appliance according to the embodiment of the present application;
图7为图4中组件结构的俯视图;Figure 7 is a top view of the assembly structure in Figure 4;
图8为图7中A-A截面的结构示意图;Fig. 8 is the structural representation of A-A section in Fig. 7;
图9为图8中B-B截面的结构示意图;Fig. 9 is a schematic structural view of the B-B section in Fig. 8;
图10为图8中C-C截面的结构示意图;Fig. 10 is the structural representation of C-C section in Fig. 8;
图11为图8中D-D截面的结构示意图;Fig. 11 is the structural representation of D-D section in Fig. 8;
图12为图8中E-E截面的结构示意图;Fig. 12 is the structural representation of E-E section among Fig. 8;
图13为图9中F处的放大结构示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure at F in Fig. 9;
图14为图9中G处的放大结构示意图;Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure at G in Fig. 9;
图15为本申请烹饪器具的运行控制方法一实施例的流程示意图;Fig. 15 is a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application;
图16为本申请烹饪器具的运行控制方法另一实施例的流程示意图;Fig. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application;
图17为本申请烹饪器具的运行控制方法又一实施例的流程示意图;Fig. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application;
图18为本申请烹饪器具的控制装置一实施例涉及的硬件结构示意图;Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure involved in an embodiment of the control device of the cooking appliance of the present application;
图19为本申请烹饪器具一实施例的俯视结构示意图;Fig. 19 is a schematic top view of an embodiment of the cooking utensil of the present application;
图20为图19中A-A横截面的结构示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic structural view of the A-A cross section in Figure 19;
图21为图19中烹饪器具的主视图;Fig. 21 is a front view of the cooking utensil in Fig. 19;
图22为图21中烹饪器具的B-B横截面的结构示意图;Fig. 22 is a schematic structural view of the B-B cross-section of the cooking utensil in Fig. 21;
图23为图21中烹饪器具的C-C横截面的结构示意图;Fig. 23 is a schematic structural view of the C-C cross-section of the cooking utensil in Fig. 21;
图24为图21中烹饪器具的D-D横截面的结构示意图。Fig. 24 is a schematic structural view of the D-D cross-section of the cooking utensil in Fig. 21 .
附图标号说明:Explanation of reference numbers:
标号label 名称 name 标号label 名称name
11 储料箱 storage bin 4141 第一聚光件 first spotlight
1111 第一储料箱 first storage bin 4242 第二聚光件 second concentrator
1212 第二储料箱 second storage bin 5151 第一遮光件 first shade
22 检测装置 Detection device 5252 第二遮光件second shade
21twenty one 第一光探测模块first light detection module 66 基板Substrate
22twenty two 第二光探测模块Second light detection module 77 安装座 mount
201201 光发射器 light emitter 7171 侧板 side panels
202202 光接收器 light receiver 7272 底板 Bottom plate
33 透光部 Translucent part 721721 透光区域 Translucent area
3131 第一透光部first light-transmitting part 88 隔板 Partition
3232 第二透光部second translucent part 99 储液箱Liquid storage tank
本申请目的的实现、功能特点及优点将结合实施例,参照附图做进一步说明。The realization, functional features and advantages of the present application will be further described in conjunction with the embodiments and with reference to the accompanying drawings.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请,并不用于限定本申请。It should be understood that the specific embodiments described here are only used to explain the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application.
由于现有技术中,电器的自动烹饪功能在接收到功能的启动指令后便会马上执行烹饪操作,存在烹饪效果不佳的问题。In the prior art, the automatic cooking function of the electrical appliance will immediately execute the cooking operation after receiving the function activation instruction, and there is a problem of poor cooking effect.
本申请提供上述的解决方案,旨在实现对烹饪器具中的物料状态进行有效检测,以满足用户的烹饪需求。The present application provides the above-mentioned solution, aiming at realizing the effective detection of the state of the material in the cooking appliance, so as to meet the cooking needs of the user.
本申请实施例中提出一种运行控制方法,应用于对烹饪器具内部的物料状态进行检测。烹饪器具可以是任意具有储料箱装载烹饪物料的电器,例如电饭煲、咖啡机、料理机、破壁机等。In the embodiment of the present application, an operation control method is proposed, which is applied to detect the state of materials inside the cooking appliance. The cooking appliance can be any electrical appliance with a storage box for loading cooking materials, such as an electric rice cooker, a coffee machine, a cooking machine, a wall breaker, and the like.
烹饪器具包括储料箱和对应储料箱设置的检测装置。检测装置具体为对储料箱的装载物料的情况和/或储料箱在电器中放置情况进行检测的装置。检测装置的类型可根据实际情况进行设置,例如可以是光探测装置、弹性探测装置、图像检测装置、重量检测装置、温度检测装置等中一种或多种可对物料情况进行准确测量的装置。检测装置设置的位置可根据实际情况进行设置,例如可设于储料箱外部、储料箱内部、储料箱上方或储料箱下方等位置。The cooking appliance includes a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box. The detection device is specifically a device for detecting the loading of materials in the storage box and/or the placement of the storage box in the electrical appliance. The type of detection device can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be one or more of light detection device, elastic detection device, image detection device, weight detection device, temperature detection device, etc., which can accurately measure the material condition. The location of the detection device can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be arranged outside the storage box, inside the storage box, above the storage box or below the storage box.
基于上述烹饪器具,提出本申请运行控制方法一实施例。在本实施例中,参照图1,运行控制方法 包括以下步骤:Based on the above cooking appliance, an embodiment of the operation control method of the present application is proposed. In the present embodiment, with reference to Fig. 1, the operation control method comprises the following steps:
步骤S10,获取所述检测装置的检测信号;Step S10, acquiring a detection signal of the detection device;
检测信号具体为检测装置对烹饪器具的储料情况进行检测得到的表征信号。检测信号的类型随检测装置不同而不同,例如可包括光探测信号、图像信号、储料箱的形变信号、温度信号等。The detection signal is specifically a characteristic signal obtained by the detection device detecting the storage condition of the cooking utensil. The type of the detection signal varies with different detection devices, and may include, for example, a light detection signal, an image signal, a deformation signal of a storage box, a temperature signal, and the like.
对检测装置的发射信号、接收信号、信号的变化量、信号的变化速率等进行监测,得到这里的检测信号。检测信号的获取方式可适应于检测装置对物料检测的原理不同而不同,例如,检测装置包括信号发射器和信号接收器时,需要同时监控两个模块的信号得到这里的检测信号;又如,检测装置为图像采集模块时,可直接获取图像采集模块采集到的图像信号得到这里的检测信号。The detection signal here is obtained by monitoring the transmission signal, reception signal, signal change amount, signal change rate, etc. of the detection device. The detection signal acquisition method can be adapted to the different principles of the detection device for material detection. For example, when the detection device includes a signal transmitter and a signal receiver, it is necessary to monitor the signals of the two modules at the same time to obtain the detection signal here; When the detection device is an image acquisition module, the detection signal here can be obtained by directly acquiring the image signal collected by the image acquisition module.
具体的,步骤S10可在接收到用户输入的烹饪功能的启动指令后执行。Specifically, step S10 may be performed after receiving an instruction to start the cooking function input by the user.
具体的,在本实施例中,储料箱包括透光部,检测装置包括对应透光部设置的光探测装置,基于此,检测信号包括光探测信号,则步骤S10包括:根据所述光探测信号确定所述储料状态信息。具体的,光探测装置可以是光照传感器,也可以是具有光发射器和光接收器的检测组件。烹饪器具不同的储料状态在光探测装置中形成不同的光探测信号。例如,放置有物料跟未放置有物料时光探测信号不同;储料箱放置于电器内和未放置于电器内时光探测信号不同。Specifically, in this embodiment, the storage box includes a light-transmitting part, and the detection device includes a light detection device provided corresponding to the light-transmitting part. Based on this, the detection signal includes a light detection signal, and step S10 includes: according to the light detection A signal determines the stock status information. Specifically, the light detection device may be an illumination sensor, or a detection component having a light emitter and a light receiver. Different states of storage of the cooking appliance result in different light detection signals in the light detection device. For example, the light detection signal is different when the material is placed and no material is placed; the light detection signal is different when the storage box is placed in the electrical appliance and not placed in the electrical appliance.
步骤S20,根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息;Step S20, determining the storage state information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal;
储料状态信息具体指的是表征烹饪器具当前物料放置情况的特征信息。储料状态信息可包括储料箱的物料存放量信息、储料箱的放置状态信息和/或储料箱内物料的温度信息等。The material storage status information specifically refers to feature information representing the current material placement status of the cooking appliance. The material storage state information may include material storage information of the material storage box, storage state information of the material storage box, and/or temperature information of the material in the material storage box, and the like.
不同的检测信号对应有不同的储料状态信息。基于检测装置的检测原理、安装位置等可预先建立检测信号与储料状态信息之间的对应关系,基于对应关系可确定当前检测信号所对应的储料状态信息。具体的,在对应关系中不同的设定储料状态信息可对应有不同的设定特征信号,若检测信号与设定特征信号匹配,可确定设定特征信息所对应的设定储料状态信息为烹饪器具当前的储料状态信息。Different detection signals correspond to different storage state information. Based on the detection principle and installation location of the detection device, the correspondence between the detection signal and the storage state information can be established in advance, and the storage state information corresponding to the current detection signal can be determined based on the correspondence. Specifically, in the corresponding relationship, different set storage state information can correspond to different set characteristic signals, and if the detection signal matches the set characteristic signal, the set storage state information corresponding to the set characteristic information can be determined It is the current storage status information of the cooking appliance.
例如,若储料箱放置有物料和未放置有物料时会在检测装置中产生不同的信号,则可获取检测装置在储料箱放置有多种不同物料时和未放置时分别对应的信号作为第一样本,基于第一样本分析得到储料箱放置有物料时和未放置有物料时分别对应的第一特征信号和第二特征信号,储料箱放置有物料的第一状态与第一特征信号关联,储料箱未放置有物料的第二状态与第二特征信号关联形成第一对应关系。基于此,在检测信号与第一特征信号匹配时,则可确定储料状态信息为第一状态,在检测信号与第二特征信号匹配时,则可确定储料状态信息为第二状态。For example, if different signals are generated in the detection device when there are materials placed in the storage box and when no materials are placed in the storage box, the corresponding signals of the detection device when a variety of different materials are placed in the storage box and when no material is placed can be obtained as The first sample, based on the analysis of the first sample, the first characteristic signal and the second characteristic signal corresponding to when the material is placed in the storage box and when no material is placed respectively, the first state of the material storage box and the second characteristic signal A characteristic signal is associated, and the second state of no material placed in the storage box is associated with the second characteristic signal to form a first corresponding relationship. Based on this, when the detection signal matches the first characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is in the first state, and when the detection signal matches the second characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is in the second state.
又如,在储料箱放置有物料的基础上,若储料箱放置有不同量的物料会在检测装置中形成的不同的检测信号,则可获取储料箱放置有不同量的不同物料时分别对应的信号作为第二样本,基于第二样本分析得到储料箱放置有不同量的物料时分别对应的第三特征信号。将不同的第三特征信号与其对应的储料箱的物料存放量进行关联形成第二对应关系。基于此,在存在与检测信号匹配的第三特征信号时,则可将匹配的第三特征信号所关联的储料箱的物料存放量确定为储料状态信息。As another example, on the basis of materials placed in the storage box, if different amounts of materials are placed in the storage box, different detection signals will be formed in the detection device. The respective corresponding signals are used as the second samples, and the corresponding third characteristic signals respectively corresponding to when different amounts of materials are placed in the storage bins are obtained based on the analysis of the second samples. The second corresponding relationship is formed by associating the different third characteristic signals with the material storage volumes of the corresponding material storage bins. Based on this, when there is a third characteristic signal that matches the detection signal, the storage capacity of the material in the storage box associated with the matched third characteristic signal can be determined as the storage status information.
又或者是,储料箱放到指定位置和未放到指定位置会在检测装置中形成不同的检测信号,则可获取多次储料箱放到指定位置和未放到指定位置时和未放置时分别对应的信号作为第三样本,基于第三样本分析得到储料箱放到指定位置和未放到指定位置时分别对应的第四特征信号和第五特征信号,储料箱放到指定位置与第一特征信号关联,储料箱未放到指定位置与第二特征信号关联形成第三对应关系。基于此,在检测信号与第四特征信号匹配时,则可确定储料状态信息为储料箱放到指定位置,在检测信号与第五特征信号匹配时,则可确定储料状态信息为储料箱未放到指定位置。Or, different detection signals will be generated in the detection device when the storage box is placed in the specified position and not in the specified position, and then multiple times when the storage box is placed in the specified position and not in the specified position and not placed in the specified position can be obtained. The signals corresponding to each time are taken as the third sample. Based on the analysis of the third sample, the fourth characteristic signal and the fifth characteristic signal corresponding to when the storage box is placed in the designated position and when it is not placed in the designated position are respectively obtained. The storage tank is placed in the designated position. Associated with the first characteristic signal, the storage bin is not placed in the designated position and associated with the second characteristic signal to form a third corresponding relationship. Based on this, when the detection signal matches the fourth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is that the storage box is placed in the designated position; when the detection signal matches the fifth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the storage state information is the storage box The bin is not placed in the specified position.
步骤S30,判断所述储料状态信息是否满足设定烹饪条件;Step S30, judging whether the storage status information meets the set cooking conditions;
若所述储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,则执行步骤S40;若所述储料状态信息不满足设定烹饪条件,则执行步骤S50。If the stored material state information satisfies the set cooking condition, then step S40 is performed; if the stored material state information does not meet the set cooking condition, then step S50 is performed.
设定烹饪条件具体指的是烹饪器具以烹饪出满足用户需求的食物为目的,所需求储料情况达到的标准。设定烹饪条件具体可包括烹饪所需的物料存放量、储料箱的放置位置要求、烹饪所需的物料温度等。The setting of the cooking condition specifically refers to the standard that the required storage conditions of the cooking utensil meet for the purpose of cooking food that meets the needs of the user. The setting of the cooking conditions may specifically include the storage amount of materials required for cooking, the location requirement of the storage box, the temperature of materials required for cooking, and the like.
设定烹饪条件可为预先存在的系统默认条件,也可为基于用户输入的参数确定。The set cooking conditions may be pre-existing system default conditions, or may be determined based on user-input parameters.
设定烹饪条件可基于烹饪类型的不同而不同。例如,煮粥与煮饭可对应有不同的设定烹饪条件。具体的,可通过解析用户输入的指令,确定用户所需的烹饪类型后读取相应的预存烹饪条件作为这里的设定烹饪条件。Set cooking conditions can vary based on the type of cooking. For example, porridge cooking and rice cooking may correspond to different set cooking conditions. Specifically, by analyzing the instructions input by the user, the cooking type required by the user can be determined, and then the corresponding pre-stored cooking conditions can be read as the set cooking conditions here.
步骤S40,控制烹饪器具执行烹饪操作。Step S40, controlling the cooking appliance to perform a cooking operation.
步骤S50,控制所述烹饪器具停止执行烹饪操作并输出提示信息。Step S50, controlling the cooking appliance to stop performing the cooking operation and output prompt information.
储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,可认为烹饪器具当前储料状态可保证烹饪器具使用储料箱当前存储的物料烹饪出满足用户需求的食物,因此可执行烹饪操作(例如,物料运输到烹饪腔或直接加热储料箱等);储料状态信息不满足设定烹饪条件,可认为烹饪器具当前储料状态难以保证烹饪器具使用储料 箱当前存储的物料烹饪出满足用户需求的食物,因此禁止执行烹饪操作并输出提示信息提示用户,以使用户可及时调整烹饪器具的储料状态。具体的,不同的储料状态信息可对应不同的提示信息,以使用户可准确知晓当前期所需调整的内容。The storage status information satisfies the set cooking conditions. It can be considered that the current storage status of the cooking utensils can ensure that the cooking utensils use the materials currently stored in the storage box to cook food that meets the user's needs, so cooking operations can be performed (for example, material transportation to cooking cavities or directly heating the storage box, etc.); the storage status information does not meet the set cooking conditions, it can be considered that the current storage status of the cooking utensils is difficult to ensure that the cooking utensils use the materials currently stored in the storage box to cook food that meets the user's needs, so The cooking operation is prohibited and prompt information is output to prompt the user, so that the user can adjust the storage state of the cooking appliance in time. Specifically, different storage status information can correspond to different prompt information, so that the user can accurately know the content that needs to be adjusted in the current period.
其中,提示信息可具体包括以显示、声音、灯光等形式输出。例如,可控制烹饪器具的显示屏显示提示信息或将提示信息推送到用户的终端提示用户。Wherein, the prompt information may specifically include output in the form of display, sound, light, and the like. For example, the display screen of the cooking appliance can be controlled to display prompt information or push the prompt information to the user's terminal to prompt the user.
本申请实施例提出的一种运行控制方法,基于包括储料箱和与储料箱对应设置的检测装置,该方法在烹饪前先基于检测装置的检测信号对烹饪器具的储料状态信息进行检测,在储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件时才会进行烹饪,通过储料状态信息的获取、储料状态信息与设定烹饪条件的匹配实现对烹饪器具中的物料状态及其是否满足烹饪需求进行有效检测,保证烹饪器具烹饪时储料状态可与烹饪需求相匹配,以满足用户的烹饪需求。其中,在储料状态与烹饪需求不匹配时不执行烹饪,以避免空载烹饪导致的安全问题,也可避免物料不足导致的烹饪效果不佳的问题,进一步确保烹饪操作可与用户烹饪需求准确匹配。An operation control method proposed in an embodiment of the present application is based on a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box. The method detects the storage state information of the cooking appliance based on the detection signal of the detection device before cooking. , when the storage state information meets the set cooking conditions, the cooking will be carried out. Through the acquisition of the storage state information and the matching of the storage state information with the set cooking conditions, the state of the material in the cooking appliance and whether it meets the cooking requirements can be realized. Effective detection is carried out to ensure that the storage status of cooking utensils can match the cooking needs when cooking, so as to meet the cooking needs of users. Among them, cooking is not performed when the storage state does not match the cooking demand, so as to avoid safety problems caused by no-load cooking, and also avoid the problem of poor cooking effect caused by insufficient materials, and further ensure that the cooking operation can be accurate to the user's cooking needs match.
进一步的,基于上述实施例,提出本申请运行控制方法另一实施例。在本实施例中,所述储料箱包括透光部,所述检测装置包括对应所述透光部设置的光探测装置,所述检测信号包括光探测信号,所述光探测装置包括第一光探测模块,所述透光部包括与所述第一光探测模块对应设置的第一透光部。基于此,所述储料状态信息包括所述储料箱的放置状态信息,参照图2,所述根据所述光探测信号确定所述储料状态信息的步骤包括:Further, another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application is proposed based on the above embodiments. In this embodiment, the storage box includes a light-transmitting part, the detection device includes a light detection device corresponding to the light-transmission part, the detection signal includes a light detection signal, and the light detection device includes a first In the light detection module, the light-transmitting portion includes a first light-transmitting portion corresponding to the first light detection module. Based on this, the storage state information includes the storage state information of the storage box. Referring to FIG. 2, the step of determining the storage state information according to the light detection signal includes:
步骤S21,确定第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值之间的第一大小关系;所述第一光探测信号为所述第一光探测模块检测的信号;Step S21, determining a first magnitude relationship between a first light detection signal and a first set signal threshold; the first light detection signal is a signal detected by the first light detection module;
具体的,可在烹饪器具开机后或接受到用户的设定指令后实时获取的第一光探测模块检测的信号得到这里的第一光探测信号。Specifically, the first light detection signal here can be obtained from the signal detected by the first light detection module obtained in real time after the cooking appliance is turned on or after receiving a setting instruction from a user.
第一设定信号阈值具体为预先设置的用以区分储料箱相对于所述烹饪器具的不同状态(如储料箱已放置于烹饪器具的状态或储料箱未放置于烹饪器具的状态等)所对应的第一光探测模块所检测到的光探测信号的临界值。第一设定信号阈值可随第一透光部的光特性和/或第一光探测模块的信号检测特性的不同而不同。The first set signal threshold is specifically preset to distinguish different states of the storage box relative to the cooking utensil (such as the state that the storage box has been placed on the cooking utensil or the state that the storage box is not placed on the cooking utensil, etc. ) corresponds to the critical value of the light detection signal detected by the first light detection module. The first set signal threshold may be different according to the light characteristics of the first light transmission part and/or the signal detection characteristics of the first light detection module.
第一大小关系具体包括第一光探测信号大于第一设定信号阈值、第一光探测信号小于第一设定信号阈值、第一光探测信号等于第一设定信号阈值。The first magnitude relationship specifically includes that the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, the first light detection signal is smaller than the first set signal threshold, and the first light detection signal is equal to the first set signal threshold.
步骤S22,根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息。Step S22, determining the placement status information of the storage bin according to the first size relationship.
储料箱的放置状态信息具体指的是表征当前储料箱相对于烹饪器具的位置状态信息。具体的,储料箱的放置状态信息包括储料箱已放置于烹饪器具上的信息、以及储料箱未放置于烹饪器具上的信息。The placement state information of the storage box specifically refers to information representing the current position of the storage box relative to the cooking appliance. Specifically, the placement status information of the storage box includes information that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, and information that the storage box is not placed on the cooking appliance.
不同的第一大小关系对应有不同的储料箱的放置状态信息。第一大小关系与储料箱的放置状态信息之间的对应关系可基于第一透光部的光特性以及第一光探测模块的信号检测特性预先建立。基于该对应关系可确定当前的第一大小关系所对应的储料箱的放置状态信息来表征当前烹饪器具上储料箱的放置状态。Different first size relationships correspond to different placement status information of the storage bins. The corresponding relationship between the first size relationship and the placement status information of the storage box may be pre-established based on the light characteristics of the first light-transmitting portion and the signal detection characteristics of the first light detection module. Based on the corresponding relationship, the current placement state information of the storage bin corresponding to the first size relationship can be determined to represent the current placement state of the storage bin on the cooking appliance.
在本实施例中,所述第一透光部设有全反射三棱镜。在第一透光部与第一光探测模块对位时,第一光探测模块发射的光可在全反射三棱镜的作用下反射回第一光探测模块;在第一透光部与第一光探测模块错位或相互远离时,第一光探测模块发射的光由于不存在全反射作用无法回到第一光探测模块。具体的,在本实施例中,当第一光探测模块接收不到其发射的光线时对应的探测信号为无穷大;当第一光探测模块接收到其发射的光线时对应的探测信号会接近0。基于此,若所述第一大小关系为所述第一光探测信号大于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱未已放置于所述烹饪器具内上;若所述第一大小关系为所述第一光探测信号小于或等于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱已未放置于所述烹饪器具上内。In this embodiment, the first light-transmitting portion is provided with a total reflection triangular prism. When the first light-transmitting part is aligned with the first light-detecting module, the light emitted by the first light-detecting module can be reflected back to the first light-detecting module under the action of the total reflection prism; When the detection modules are dislocated or far away from each other, the light emitted by the first light detection module cannot return to the first light detection module due to the lack of total reflection. Specifically, in this embodiment, when the first photodetection module cannot receive the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal is infinite; when the first photodetection module receives the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal will be close to 0 . Based on this, if the first magnitude relationship is that the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, then it is determined that the placement state information of the storage box is that the storage box has not been placed on the If the first size relationship is that the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, then it is determined that the placement status information of the storage box is the storage box has not been placed on the cooking appliance.
例如,烹饪装置设有两个储料箱,一个储料箱为米箱、用来放米,另一个储料箱为水箱,用来放水,则这里的放置状态信息可包括米箱的放置状态信息和水箱的放置状态信息,基于此,将米箱对应的第一光探测信号定义为X1,将水箱对应的第一光探测信号定义为X2,第一设定信号阈值为A,则X1﹥A时可认为米箱未放置于烹饪装置,X2﹥A可认为水箱未放置于烹饪装置,X1≤A时可认为米箱放置于烹饪装置,X2≤A时可认为米箱放置于烹饪装置。For example, the cooking device is provided with two storage boxes, one storage box is a rice box, used to put rice, and the other storage box is a water tank, used to put water, then the placement status information here may include the placement status of the rice box information and the placement state information of the water tank, based on this, the first light detection signal corresponding to the rice box is defined as X1, the first light detection signal corresponding to the water tank is defined as X2, and the first set signal threshold is A, then X1> When A, it can be considered that the rice box is not placed on the cooking device. When X2>A, it can be considered that the water tank is not placed on the cooking device. When X1≤A, it can be considered that the rice box is placed on the cooking device. When X2≤A, it can be considered that the rice box is placed on the cooking device.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述全反射三棱镜具有第一表面、第二表面和第三表面,所述第一表面设于所述储料箱的外表面,所述第二表面和所述第三表面垂直相交、且位于所述储料箱内。具体的,第三表面为储料箱的外表面,第一表面和第二表面为储料箱的内表面,储料箱放置于烹饪装置时,第一光探测装置设于储料箱的外部、且与第三表面对应设置。第一光探测装置发射的光线垂直入射到第一表面,依次在第二表面和第三表面上发生反射,最后反射的光线入射到第一光探测装置中。Further, in this embodiment, the total reflection prism has a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is set on the outer surface of the storage box, the second surface and the The third surface vertically intersects and is located in the storage box. Specifically, the third surface is the outer surface of the storage box, the first surface and the second surface are the inner surfaces of the storage box, and when the storage box is placed on the cooking device, the first light detection device is arranged outside the storage box , and set corresponding to the third surface. The light emitted by the first photodetection device is vertically incident on the first surface, reflected on the second surface and the third surface in turn, and finally the reflected light enters the first photodetection device.
在本实施例中,基于第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值之间的第一大小关系对储料箱的放置状态进行准确表征,从而准确识别烹饪装置的储料箱是否放置于烹饪装置上,以使后续可在确认储料箱放置于烹饪装置内时才进行烹饪,避免烹饪装置空载烹饪导致的安全风险或装置损坏。In this embodiment, based on the first size relationship between the first light detection signal and the first set signal threshold, the placement state of the storage box is accurately characterized, so as to accurately identify whether the storage box of the cooking device is placed in the cooking area. on the device, so that cooking can be performed after confirming that the storage box is placed in the cooking device, so as to avoid safety risks or damage to the device caused by cooking without a load on the cooking device.
进一步的,基于上述实施例,提出本申请运行控制方法又一实施例。在本实施例中,所述光探测装置还包括第二光探测模块,所述第二光探测模块与所述第一光探测模块间隔设置,具体的,第二光探测模块可位于所述第一光探测模块上方。所述透光部还包括与所述第二光探测模块对应设置的第二透光部,第二透光部位于第一透光部的上方。第二透光部的透光结构与第一透光部的透光结构可根据实际需求设置为相同或不同的结构。其中,第二透光部的透光结构与第一透光部的透光结构不同时,为了避免检测结果的相互干扰,储料箱内可设有隔板将两个子透光部对应的空间分隔。Furthermore, based on the above embodiments, another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application is proposed. In this embodiment, the photodetection device further includes a second photodetection module, the second photodetection module is spaced apart from the first photodetection module, specifically, the second photodetection module can be located in the first photodetection module A light detection module above. The light-transmitting part further includes a second light-transmitting part corresponding to the second photodetection module, and the second light-transmitting part is located above the first light-transmitting part. The light-transmitting structure of the second light-transmitting part and the light-transmitting structure of the first light-transmitting part can be set to be the same or different according to actual needs. Wherein, when the light-transmitting structure of the second light-transmitting part is different from that of the first light-transmitting part, in order to avoid mutual interference of detection results, a partition can be provided in the storage box to separate the space corresponding to the two sub-light-transmitting parts. separated.
在本实施例中,所述储料状态信息还包括所述储料箱的物料放置状态信息,基于此,参照图3,步骤S22之后,还包括:In this embodiment, the storage status information also includes the material placement status information of the storage box. Based on this, referring to FIG. 3, after step S22, it also includes:
步骤S23,当所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上时,确定第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的第二大小关系;所述第二光探测信号为所述第二光探测模块检测的信号;Step S23, when the placement status information of the storage box is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, determining a second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and a second set signal threshold; The second light detection signal is a signal detected by the second light detection module;
具体的,可在烹饪器具开机后或接受到用户的设定指令后实时获取的第二光探测模块检测的信号得到这里的第二光探测信号,第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号可根据实际需求同时或先后获取。Specifically, the second light detection signal here can be obtained from the signal detected by the second light detection module obtained in real time after the cooking appliance is turned on or after receiving a setting instruction from the user. The first light detection signal and the second light detection signal can be Obtain simultaneously or sequentially according to actual needs.
第二设定信号阈值具体为预先设置的用以区分储料箱内放置物料的不同状态(如储料箱存在物料、储料箱内不存在物料、存放的不同物料量等)所对应的第二光探测模块所检测到的光探测信号的临界值。第二设定信号阈值可随第二透光部的光特性和/或第二光探测模块的信号检测特性的不同而不同。The second set signal threshold is specifically the threshold value corresponding to the preset threshold used to distinguish different states of materials placed in the storage box (such as the presence of materials in the storage box, the absence of materials in the storage box, the amount of different materials stored, etc.). Second, the critical value of the light detection signal detected by the light detection module. The second set signal threshold may be different according to the light characteristics of the second light transmission part and/or the signal detection characteristics of the second light detection module.
具体的,所述第二设定信号阈值与所述第一设定信号阈值的偏差量大于或等于预设值。例如,定义第一设定信号阈值为A,第二设定信号阈值为B,则∣A-B∣≥预设值。在本实施例中,预设值为50,本实施例中为50,其他实施例也可根据实际情况设置为45、80、60等。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第一光探测信号、第二光探测信号、第一设定信号阈值和第二设定信号阈值均为将光探测装置的模拟量电压转换成的数字量的值。这里通过预设值的设置,有利于准确识别烹饪电器中不同的储料状态信息,以保证后续对储料状态信息是否满足烹饪需求的准确判定。Specifically, the deviation between the second set signal threshold and the first set signal threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value. For example, if the first set signal threshold is defined as A, and the second set signal threshold is defined as B, then |A-B|≥preset value. In this embodiment, the preset value is 50, which is 50 in this embodiment, and it can also be set to 45, 80, 60, etc. according to actual conditions in other embodiments. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first photodetection signal, the second photodetection signal, the first set signal threshold and the second set signal threshold are digital signals converted from the analog voltage of the photodetection device. value of the amount. Here, the setting of the preset value is beneficial to accurately identify different storage status information in the cooking appliance, so as to ensure subsequent accurate determination of whether the storage status information meets the cooking requirements.
第二大小关系具体包括第二光探测信号大于第二设定信号阈值、第二光探测信号小于第二设定信号阈值、第二光探测信号等于第二设定信号阈值。The second magnitude relationship specifically includes that the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, the second light detection signal is smaller than the second set signal threshold, and the second light detection signal is equal to the second set signal threshold.
步骤S24,根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息。Step S24, determining the material placement status information according to the second size relationship.
物料放置状态信息具体指的是表征当前储料箱的放置物料情况的特征信息。具体的,在本实施例中,物料放置状态信息可包括第一状态信息和/或第二状态信息等。第一状态信息具体为储料箱内物料存在或不存在的信息,第二状态信息具体为储料箱内的物料存放量信息。The material placement status information specifically refers to feature information representing the status of the materials placed in the current storage bin. Specifically, in this embodiment, the material placement status information may include first status information and/or second status information, and the like. The first state information is specifically information about the existence or non-existence of materials in the storage box, and the second state information is specifically information about the storage amount of materials in the storage box.
不同的第二大小关系对应有不同的物料放置状态信息。第二大小关系与物料放置状态信息之间的对应关系可基于第二透光部的光特性以及第二光探测模块的信号检测特性预先建立。基于该对应关系可确定当前的第二大小关系所对应的物料放置状态信息来表征当前储料箱内的物料放置状态。Different second size relationships correspond to different material placement status information. The corresponding relationship between the second size relationship and the material placement state information may be pre-established based on the light characteristics of the second light-transmitting part and the signal detection characteristics of the second light detection module. Based on the corresponding relationship, the current material placement state information corresponding to the second size relationship can be determined to represent the current material placement state in the storage box.
在本实施例中,基于第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的第二大小关系对储料箱内的物料放置状态进行准确表征,从而准确识别烹饪装置内的物料放置状态,以使后续可在确认物料放置状态满足烹饪需求时才进行烹饪,可避免的物料过多或过少导致的烹饪效果不佳问题。In this embodiment, based on the second size relationship between the second light detection signal and the second set signal threshold, the placement state of the material in the storage box is accurately characterized, so as to accurately identify the placement state of the material in the cooking device, So that cooking can be carried out after confirming that the material placement status meets the cooking requirements, and the problem of poor cooking effect caused by too much or too little material can be avoided.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述物料放置状态信息包括第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内物料存在或不存在的信息,步骤S24包括:Further, in this embodiment, the material placement status information includes first status information, and the first status information is information about the existence or non-existence of materials in the storage box. Step S24 includes:
步骤S241,若所述第二大小关系与所述储料箱对应的设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料;、Step S241, if the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the material storage box, then determine that the first status information is that there are materials in the material storage box;
步骤S242,若所述第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料。Step S242, if the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, then determine that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage box.
在本实施例中,设定大小关系具体指的是预先设置的储料箱存在物料时第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的大小关系,可预先根据第二光探测模块的信号检测特性,储料箱内存放的物料特性、透光部的光学特性等进行确定。In this embodiment, the setting size relationship specifically refers to the size relationship between the second light detection signal and the second set signal threshold when there is material in the preset storage box, which can be pre-set according to the second light detection module. The signal detection characteristics, the characteristics of the materials stored in the storage box, the optical characteristics of the light-transmitting part, etc. are determined.
需要说明的是,在其他实施例中,设定大小关系也可以指的是预先设置的储料箱不存在物料时第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的大小关系,此时第二大小关系与设定大小关系匹配则确定第一状态信息为储料箱内不存在物料,第二大小关系与设定大小关系不匹配则确定第一状态信息为储料箱内存在物料。It should be noted that, in other embodiments, the set size relationship may also refer to the size relationship between the second light detection signal and the second set signal threshold when there is no material in the preset storage bin. If the second size relationship matches the set size relationship, it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage box, and if the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, it is determined that the first status information is that there is material in the storage box.
具体的,在本实施例中,步骤S24之前,还包括:Specifically, in this embodiment, before step S24, it also includes:
步骤S01,获取储料箱存放的物料类型以及所述第二透光部的结构特征信息;Step S01, obtaining the type of material stored in the storage box and the structural feature information of the second light-transmitting part;
物料类型具体可根据物料的光学特性进行分类,不同物料类型对照射到其表面的光产生不同的导光作用(如反射、透射等)。具体的,在本实施例中,物料类型具体包括可反射光线的物料(例如米、大豆、面粉等)和透光物料(例如水、清汤、雪碧等)。需要说明的是,透光材料的折射率大于第二透光部的折射率。The material type can be classified according to the optical characteristics of the material. Different material types have different light guiding effects (such as reflection, transmission, etc.) on the light irradiated on its surface. Specifically, in this embodiment, the material type specifically includes materials that can reflect light (such as rice, soybeans, flour, etc.) and light-transmitting materials (such as water, clear soup, Sprite, etc.). It should be noted that the refractive index of the light-transmitting material is greater than the refractive index of the second light-transmitting portion.
结构特征信息具体指的是第二透光部上对第二光探测模块发射的光路其导光作用(如反射、投射等)结构的特征信息。The structural feature information specifically refers to the feature information of the structure of the light guiding function (such as reflection, projection, etc.) of the light path emitted by the second light detection module on the second light-transmitting part.
结构特征信息和物料类型可为预先存储的参数,也可由用户基于实际使用情况输入的参数。The structural feature information and material type can be pre-stored parameters, or parameters input by the user based on actual usage conditions.
步骤S02,根据所述物料类型和所述结构特征信息确定所述设定大小关系。Step S02, determining the set size relationship according to the material type and the structural characteristic information.
不同的物料类型和不同的结构特征信息对应不同的设定大小关系。具体的,当所述物料类型为可反射光线的物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部为平面透光结构时,确定所述设定大小关系为所述第二光探测信号小于所述第二设定信号阈值;当所述物料类型为透光物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部设有全反射三棱镜时,确定所述设定大小关系为所述第二光探测信号大于所述第二设定信号阈值。Different material types and different structural feature information correspond to different set size relationships. Specifically, when the material type is a material that can reflect light, and the structural characteristic information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, it is determined that the set size relationship is the second light detection The signal is smaller than the second set signal threshold; when the material type is a light-transmitting material and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, it is determined that the set size relationship is The second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold.
在本实施例中的全反射三棱镜与上述实施例中的全反射三棱镜结构相同,在此不作赘述。The total reflection prism in this embodiment has the same structure as the total reflection prism in the above embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
平面透光结构具体指的是具有两个相对设置的透光平面的透光结构,光照射到一个透光平面时,可从另一个透光平面射出。The planar light-transmitting structure specifically refers to a light-transmitting structure having two oppositely arranged light-transmitting planes, and when light hits one light-transmitting plane, it can be emitted from the other light-transmitting plane.
当第二透光部为平面透光结构、且储料箱用于可反射光线的物料时,基于储料箱的放置状态信息确认第二透光部与第二光探测模块对位的基础上,若第二透光部对位的储料箱的空间内存在可反射光线的物料,第二光探测模块发射的光线入射到第二透光部后会投射到储料箱对应的内部空间内,内部空间内存在的可反射光线的物料会将光线发射回第二透光部,并经过第二透光部投射回到第二光探测模块中;若第二透光部对位的储料箱的空间内不存在可反射光线的物料,第二光探测模块发射的光线入射到第二透光部后会投射到储料箱对应的内部空间内,由于内部空间均为空气,无法对光线进行反射,光线无法回到第二光探测模块中。When the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, and the storage box is used for materials that can reflect light, based on the placement state information of the storage box, it is confirmed that the second light-transmitting part is aligned with the second photodetection module , if there is a light-reflecting material in the space of the storage box where the second light-transmitting part is aligned, the light emitted by the second light detection module will be projected into the corresponding internal space of the storage box after entering the second light-transmitting part , the material that can reflect light in the inner space will emit light back to the second light-transmitting part, and project it back into the second light-detecting module through the second light-transmitting part; if the storage material in the second light-transmitting part There is no material that can reflect light in the space of the box. The light emitted by the second light detection module will be projected into the corresponding internal space of the storage box after it is incident on the second light-transmitting part. Since the internal space is all air, the light cannot be detected. reflection, the light cannot return to the second photodetection module.
当第二透光部为全反射三棱镜、且储料箱用于装载透光物料时,基于储料箱的放置状态信息确认第二透光部与第二光探测模块对位的基础上,若第二透光部对位的储料箱的空间内存在透光物料,第二光探测模块发射的光线入射到第二透光部后,光线从光疏介质的第二透光部内部透射到作为光密介质的透光材料中,由于透光物料可透光,光线无法回到第二光探测模块;若第二透光部对位的储料箱的空间内不存在透光物料,第二光探测模块发射的光线入射到第二透光部后,光线从光密介质的第二透光部内部透射到作为光疏介质的空气中,光线发生全反射回到第二光探测模块中。When the second light-transmitting part is a total reflection prism and the storage box is used to load light-transmitting materials, based on the placement status information of the storage box to confirm the alignment of the second light-transmitting part and the second photodetection module, if There is a light-transmitting material in the space of the storage box opposite the second light-transmitting part. After the light emitted by the second light detection module is incident on the second light-transmitting part, the light is transmitted from the inside of the second light-transmitting part of the light-thinning medium to the In the light-transmitting material used as an optically dense medium, since the light-transmitting material can transmit light, the light cannot return to the second light detection module; if there is no light-transmitting material in the space of the storage box opposite the second light-transmitting part, the second After the light emitted by the second light detection module enters the second light-transmitting part, the light is transmitted from the second light-transmitting part of the light-dense medium into the air as the light-thinning medium, and the light is totally reflected back to the second light detection module .
具体的,在本实施例中,当第二光探测模块接收不到其发射的光线时对应的探测信号为无穷大;当第二光探测模块接收到其发射的光线时对应的探测信号会接近0。基于此,当所述物料类型为可反射光线的物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部为平面透光结构时,可采用第二光探测信号小于第二设定信号阈值表征储料箱内存在物料;当所述物料类型为透光物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部设有全反射三棱镜时,可采用第二光探测信号大于第二设定信号阈值表征储料箱内存在物料。Specifically, in this embodiment, when the second photodetection module cannot receive the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal is infinite; when the second photodetection module receives the emitted light, the corresponding detection signal will be close to 0 . Based on this, when the material type is a material that can reflect light, and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, the second light detection signal can be used to be smaller than the second set signal threshold Indicating the presence of materials in the storage box; when the type of the material is a light-transmitting material and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, the second light detection signal can be greater than the second set A certain signal threshold indicates the presence of material in the storage bin.
例如,烹饪装置设有两个储料箱,一个储料箱为米箱、用来放米,另一个储料箱为水箱,用来放水,则这里的物料放置状态信息可包括米放置状态信息和水放置状态信息,米箱的第二透光部为平面透光结构,水箱的第二透光部为全反射三棱镜,基于此,将米箱对应的第二光探测信号定义为Y1,将水箱对应的第二光探测信号定义为Y2,第二设定信号阈值为B,则Y1﹥B时可认为第二透光部对应的米箱内部空间内未放置有米,Y1≤B时可认为第二透光部对应的米箱内部空间内放置有米;X2﹥B可认为第二透光部对应的水箱内部空间内放置有水,X2≤B时可认为第二透光部对应的水箱内部空间内未放置有水。For example, the cooking device is provided with two storage boxes, one storage box is a rice box, which is used to put rice, and the other storage box is a water tank, which is used to put water, then the material placement status information here may include rice placement status information and water placement status information, the second light-transmitting part of the rice box is a plane light-transmitting structure, and the second light-transmitting part of the water tank is a total reflection prism. Based on this, the second light detection signal corresponding to the rice box is defined as Y1, and The second light detection signal corresponding to the water tank is defined as Y2, and the second set signal threshold is B, then when Y1>B, it can be considered that there is no rice placed in the inner space of the rice box corresponding to the second light-transmitting part, and when Y1≤B, it can be considered It is considered that rice is placed in the inner space of the rice box corresponding to the second light-transmitting part; X2>B can be considered that there is water in the inner space of the water tank corresponding to the second light-transmitting part; No water is placed in the inner space of the water tank.
在本实施例中,不同的储料箱对应有不同的用于判定储料箱内是否存在物料的设定大小关系,其中,结合储料箱中的第二透光部的结构特征和储料箱存放的物料来确定设定大小关系,从而实现基于设定大小关系可对储料箱内是否存放有物料的状态实现准确判断。In this embodiment, different storage boxes correspond to different set size relationships for determining whether there is material in the storage box, wherein, combining the structural characteristics of the second light-transmitting part in the storage box and the The set size relationship is determined based on the material stored in the box, so that based on the set size relationship, the state of whether there is material stored in the storage box can be accurately judged.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述物料放置状态信息还包括第二状态信息,在确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料之后(如步骤S241),还包括:Further, in this embodiment, the material placement status information also includes second status information, and after determining that the first status information is that there are materials in the storage box (such as step S241), it also includes:
步骤S25,获取所述第二光探测模块对应的设定存放量;Step S25, obtaining the set storage capacity corresponding to the second light detection module;
设定存放量具体指的是储料箱内物料达到与第二光探测模块所在高度时储料箱内物料的存放量。第二光探测模块与其对设定存放量之间的对应关系可预先根据储料箱的容量、第二光探测模块设置的高度等进行确定并保存在存储器中。The set storage volume specifically refers to the storage volume of the material in the storage box when the material in the storage box reaches the height of the second light detection module. The corresponding relationship between the second light detection module and its set storage volume can be determined in advance according to the capacity of the storage box, the height set by the second light detection module, etc., and stored in the memory.
步骤S26,根据所述设定存放量确定所述物料存放量信息。Step S26, determining the storage amount information of the material according to the set storage amount.
具体的,将获取的设定存放量作为物料存放量信息。Specifically, the acquired set storage quantity is used as material storage quantity information.
在本实施例中,在基于步骤S23、步骤S24确定第二光探测模块对应的储料箱的存放区域内存在物料时,基于第二光探测模块对应的设定存放量来确定储料箱内物料存放的多少,从而实现对储料箱内物料存放量的有效表征,保证后续可在储料箱物料存放量满足用户烹饪需求时才开始烹饪,以确保烹饪效果。In this embodiment, when it is determined based on steps S23 and S24 that there are materials in the storage area of the storage box corresponding to the second photodetection module, it is determined based on the set storage volume corresponding to the second photodetection module How much material is stored, so as to realize the effective representation of the material storage in the storage box, and ensure that the subsequent cooking can be started when the material storage in the storage box meets the user's cooking needs, so as to ensure the cooking effect.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述第二光探测模块的数量为多个,多个所述第二光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置,所述第二光探测模块对应的第二大小关系的数量为多个。基于此,每个第二探测模块对应的第二光探测信号,可对储料箱相应的内部空间内是否存在物料进行表征,步骤S241包括:若多个所述第二大小关系中至少一个第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱存在物料;步骤S242包括:若多个所述第二大小关系均与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料。基于此,任一个高度的第二光探测模块对应储料箱内的存放区域存在物料均认为储料箱内存放有物料;若所有第二光探测模块对应的储料箱内的存放区域均不存在物料,则可认为储料箱内未有存放有物料。Further, in this embodiment, the number of the second photodetection modules is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, and the corresponding second size of the second photodetection modules is The number of relationships is multiple. Based on this, the second light detection signal corresponding to each second detection module can characterize whether there is material in the corresponding internal space of the storage box. Step S241 includes: if at least one of the plurality of second size relationships The second size relationship matches the set size relationship, then it is determined that the first status information is that there is material in the storage box; step S242 includes: if a plurality of the second size relationships are all the same as the set size relationship If they do not match, it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage bin. Based on this, if there is material in the storage area corresponding to the second light detection module of any height, it is considered that there is material in the storage box; If there is material, it can be considered that there is no material stored in the storage box.
在此基础上,步骤S25包括:在多个所述第二光探测模块中确定目标探测模块;所述目标探测模块为对应的第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系匹配的第二光探测模块;获取所述目标探测模块对应的设定存放量。这里的,第二光探测模块对应的储料箱中的物料存放区域存在物料时才会作为目标探测模块,基于此,随着储料箱内物料存放量的不同,可存在一个或多个目标探测模块。其中,在获取的目标探测模块对应的设定存放量的数量为多个时,可将多个设定存放量均作为物料存放量信息,也可从中选择一个作为物料存放量信息。具体的,当所述设定存放量的数量为一个,则确定所述物料存放量信息为所述设定存放量;当所述设定存放量的数量多个,则确定多个所述设定存放量中数值最大的设定存放量为目标存放量,确定所述物料存放量信息为所述目标存放量。On this basis, step S25 includes: determining a target detection module among a plurality of the second light detection modules; the target detection module is a second light detection module whose corresponding second size relationship matches the set size relationship module; acquire the set storage capacity corresponding to the target detection module. Here, the material storage area of the material storage box corresponding to the second light detection module will be used as a target detection module when there is material. Based on this, one or more targets may exist depending on the amount of material stored in the storage box. detection module. Wherein, when there are multiple set storage quantities corresponding to the obtained target detection modules, all of the multiple set storage quantities may be used as the material storage quantity information, or one of them may be selected as the material storage quantity information. Specifically, when the number of the set storage amount is one, then determine the information on the material storage amount as the set storage amount; The set storage amount with the largest numerical value among the fixed storage amounts is the target storage amount, and the information about the material storage amount is determined as the target storage amount.
在本实施例中,结合多个不同位置的第二探测模块及其对应的第二探测信号对储料箱内不同的物料存放量进行表征,从而实现对储料箱内的物料放置量实现有效检测,可保证后续可基于检测结果判断物料放置量是否满足烹饪需求,在物料存放量满足烹饪需求时才进行烹饪,从而保证烹饪效果。In this embodiment, multiple second detection modules in different positions and their corresponding second detection signals are used to characterize the different storage volumes of materials in the storage box, so as to achieve effective monitoring of the storage volume of materials in the storage box. The detection can ensure that the follow-up can judge whether the amount of materials placed meets the cooking requirements based on the detection results, and cook only when the amount of materials stored meets the cooking requirements, so as to ensure the cooking effect.
需要说明的是,在其他实施例中,烹饪电器未设有第一光探测模块的情况下,也可设有本实施例中的第二光探测模块及其对应的第二透光部,并可按照本实施例中提及的第二光探测模块的相关方案来确定储料箱的物料放置状态信息。It should be noted that, in other embodiments, if the cooking appliance is not provided with the first photodetection module, the second photodetection module and its corresponding second light-transmitting part in this embodiment may also be provided, and The material placement status information of the storage bin can be determined according to the related solution of the second light detection module mentioned in this embodiment.
进一步的,基于上述任一实施例,提出本申请运行控制方法再一实施例。在本实施例中,所述储料状态信息包括所述储料箱的放置状态信息和所述储料箱的物料放置状态信息,参照图4,步骤S30包括:Further, based on any of the above-mentioned embodiments, another embodiment of the operation control method of the present application is proposed. In this embodiment, the storage status information includes the placement status information of the storage box and the storage status information of the material of the storage box. Referring to FIG. 4, step S30 includes:
步骤S31,判断所述储料箱的放置状态信息是否满足第一设定条件、且所述物料放置状态信息是否满足第二设定条件;Step S31, judging whether the placement state information of the material storage box satisfies the first set condition, and whether the material placement state information satisfies the second set condition;
其中,所述第一设定条件为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上,所述第二设定条件为所述储料箱内存在物料且物料存放量大于或等于烹饪所需的目标存放量。Wherein, the first setting condition is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, and the second setting condition is that there are materials in the storage box and the storage capacity of the materials is greater than or equal to the amount required for cooking. target storage capacity.
当所述储料箱的放置状态信息满足第一设定条件且所述物料放置状态信息满足第二设定条件时,执行步骤S32;当所述储料箱的放置状态信息不满足所述第一设定条件时,或,当所述物料放置状态信息不满足所述第二设定条件时,执行步骤S33。步骤S32,确定所述储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件;When the placement state information of the material storage box meets the first set condition and the material placement state information meets the second set condition, step S32 is executed; when the placement state information of the material storage box does not meet the first set condition When a condition is set, or when the material placement status information does not satisfy the second set condition, step S33 is executed. Step S32, determining that the stored material status information satisfies the set cooking conditions;
步骤S33,确定所述储料状态信息不满足设定烹饪条件。Step S33, determining that the storage status information does not meet the set cooking conditions.
烹饪所需的目标存放量具体指的是可满足烹饪操作所得到的食物的量或形态可满足用户需求时储料箱所需放置的物料量。这里目标存放量可基于用于选择的烹饪类型自动识别,也可直接获取与用户输入的参数得到,还可为默认存储的参数。The target storage amount required for cooking specifically refers to the amount of material that needs to be placed in the storage box when the amount or shape of the food obtained by the cooking operation can meet the user's demand. Here, the target storage capacity may be automatically identified based on the cooking type used for selection, or may be obtained directly from parameters input by the user, or may be parameters stored by default.
例如,储料箱用来放置米,用户需要煮粥时,目标存放量可为150ml;用户需要煮饭时,目标存放量可为300ml。基于此,则在储料箱放置于烹饪器具内、且其存放的米量最少有150ml时,才会开始烹饪粥,否则不会执行煮粥的烹饪操作;在储料箱放置于烹饪器具内、且其存放的米量最少有300ml时,才会开始煮饭,否则不会执行煮饭的烹饪操作。又如,储料箱用来放置水,用户需要煮粥时,目标存放量可为400ml;用户需要煮饭时,目标存放量可为330ml。基于此,则在储料箱放置于烹饪器具内、且其存放的水量最少有400ml时,才会开始烹饪粥,否则不会执行煮粥的烹饪操作;在储料箱放置于烹饪器具内、且其存放的米量最少有330ml时,才会开始煮饭,否则不会执行煮饭的烹饪操作。For example, the storage box is used to store rice. When the user needs to cook porridge, the target storage volume can be 150ml; when the user needs to cook rice, the target storage volume can be 300ml. Based on this, cooking porridge will only start when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil and the amount of rice stored in it is at least 150ml, otherwise the porridge cooking operation will not be performed; when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil , and the amount of rice stored in it is at least 300ml, it will start cooking, otherwise the cooking operation of cooking rice will not be performed. For another example, the storage box is used to store water. When the user needs to cook porridge, the target storage volume can be 400ml; when the user needs to cook rice, the target storage volume can be 330ml. Based on this, when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil and the amount of water stored in it is at least 400ml, the cooking of porridge will start, otherwise the cooking operation of porridge will not be performed; when the storage box is placed in the cooking utensil, And when the amount of rice stored in it is at least 330ml, the cooking will start, otherwise the cooking operation of cooking will not be performed.
所述储料箱包括第一储料箱和第二储料箱,所述第一储料箱用于放置食物(例如米、豆、水果等),所述第二储料箱用于放置水、汤等。具体的,两个储料箱存放的物料为需要配合配合烹饪的物料。基于此,在两个储料箱对应的储料箱的放置状态信息均满足第一设定条件,且两个储料箱对应的物料放置状态信息均满足第二设定条件时,才确定储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件;否则,确定储料状态信息不满足设定烹饪条件。其中,水箱对应的目标存放量可根据米箱的目标存放量确定。The storage box includes a first storage box and a second storage box, the first storage box is used to place food (such as rice, beans, fruits, etc.), and the second storage box is used to place water , soup, etc. Specifically, the materials stored in the two material storage boxes are materials that need to be coordinated with cooking. Based on this, when the placement status information of the storage bins corresponding to the two storage bins both meet the first setting condition, and the material placement status information corresponding to the two storage bins both meet the second setting condition, the storage condition is determined. The material state information meets the set cooking conditions; otherwise, it is determined that the material storage state information does not meet the set cooking conditions. Wherein, the target storage capacity corresponding to the water tank may be determined according to the target storage capacity of the rice box.
例如,一个储料箱用来放米,另一个储料箱用来放水,煮粥和煮饭有不同的米量和水量要求,用户 需要煮粥时,米的目标存放量可为150ml,水的目标存放量可为400ml,用来的放米和用来放水的储料箱都放置于烹饪器具内、并且一个储料箱内存放的米量至少有150ml、一个储料箱内存放的米量至少有400ml,才会开始烹饪粥,否则不会执行煮粥的烹饪操作;又如,用户需要煮饭时,米的目标存放量可为300ml,水的目标存放量可为330ml,用来的放米和用来放水的储料箱都放置于烹饪器具内、并且一个储料箱内存放的米量至少有300ml、一个储料箱内存放的米量至少有330ml,才会开始煮饭,否则不会执行煮饭的烹饪操作。For example, one storage box is used for rice, and the other storage box is used for water. Porridge cooking and rice cooking have different requirements for rice volume and water volume. When users need to cook porridge, the target storage volume of rice can be 150ml, water The target storage volume can be 400ml. Both the rice storage box and the water storage box are placed in the cooking appliance, and the amount of rice stored in one storage box is at least 150ml, and the rice storage box is stored in one storage box. The porridge cooking operation will not start until the volume is at least 400ml; otherwise, the porridge cooking operation will not be performed; The storage box for storing rice and water is placed in the cooking appliance, and the amount of rice stored in one storage box is at least 300ml, and the amount of rice stored in one storage box is at least 330ml before cooking starts. , otherwise the cooking operation of cooking rice will not be performed.
在本实施例中,通过上述方式,保证储料箱都放置于烹饪器具内、并且储料箱中的存放有满足烹饪需求的物料量才开始烹饪,从而保证烹饪器具可实现有效烹饪并且最终烹饪得到的食物的量、形态等均可满足用户的需求,以实现烹饪器具烹饪效果的进一步提高。并且,在烹饪器具存放有不同物料时,每种物料的储料箱都放置于烹饪器具并且其存放的量均达到相应的目标存放量才开始烹饪,从而保证烹饪器具可实现有效烹饪并且通过不同物料配合烹饪最终得到的量、形态等均可满足用户的需求,以实现烹饪器具烹饪效果的进一步提高。In this embodiment, through the above method, it is ensured that all the storage boxes are placed in the cooking appliance, and the cooking starts only when there are enough materials in the storage box to meet the cooking requirements, so as to ensure that the cooking appliance can achieve effective cooking and finally cook The amount and shape of the obtained food can meet the needs of users, so as to further improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensil. Moreover, when the cooking appliance stores different materials, the storage box of each material is placed on the cooking appliance and the storage amount reaches the corresponding target storage amount before starting cooking, so as to ensure that the cooking appliance can achieve effective cooking and through different The final quantity and form of the materials combined with cooking can meet the needs of users, so as to further improve the cooking effect of cooking utensils.
本申请实施例还提出一种烹饪器具的控制装置,以用于对烹饪器具的烹饪过程进行控制。烹饪器具的控制装置可内置于烹饪器具内,也可独立于烹饪器具设于其外部。The embodiment of the present application also provides a control device for a cooking appliance, which is used to control the cooking process of the cooking appliance. The control device of the cooking appliance can be built in the cooking appliance, or can be arranged on the outside of the cooking appliance independently.
在本申请实施例中,参照图5,烹饪器具的控制装置包括:处理器1001(例如CPU),存储器1002、数据接口1003等。存储器1002可以是高速RAM存储器,也可以是稳定的存储器(non-volatile memory),例如磁盘存储器。存储器1002可选的还可以是独立于前述处理器1001的存储装置。In the embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG. 5 , the control device of the cooking appliance includes: a processor 1001 (such as a CPU), a memory 1002 , a data interface 1003 and the like. The memory 1002 can be a high-speed RAM memory, or a stable memory (non-volatile memory), such as a disk memory. Optionally, the memory 1002 may also be a storage device independent of the foregoing processor 1001 .
存储器1002和数据接口1003均与处理器1001连接。其中,处理器1001可通过数据接口1003接入检测装置,以获取检测装置的检测信号。Both the memory 1002 and the data interface 1003 are connected to the processor 1001 . Wherein, the processor 1001 can access the detection device through the data interface 1003, so as to obtain the detection signal of the detection device.
本领域技术人员可以理解,图5中示出的装置结构并不构成对装置的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the device shown in FIG. 5 does not constitute a limitation to the device, and may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components.
如图5所示,作为一种计算机可读存储介质的存储器1002中可以包括运行控制程序。在图5所示的装置中,处理器1001可以用于调用存储器1002中存储的运行控制程序,并执行以上任一实施例中运行控制方法的相关步骤操作。As shown in FIG. 5 , the memory 1002 as a computer-readable storage medium may include an operation control program. In the device shown in FIG. 5 , the processor 1001 can be used to call the operation control program stored in the memory 1002 and execute the relevant steps of the operation control method in any of the above embodiments.
进一步,本申请实施例还提出一种烹饪器具,可以是任意具有储料箱1装载烹饪物料的电器,例如电饭煲、咖啡机、料理机、破壁机等。Further, the embodiment of the present application also proposes a cooking appliance, which can be any electrical appliance with a storage box 1 for loading cooking materials, such as a rice cooker, a coffee machine, a cooking machine, a wall breaker, and the like.
在一实施例中,参照图6至图8,烹饪器具具体包括储料箱1、检测装置2以及上述实施例中的烹饪器具的控制装置(未图示)。检测装置2对应储料箱1设置,检测装置2与烹饪器具的控制装置连接,烹饪器具的控制装置可读取检测装置2的检测信号。In an embodiment, referring to FIG. 6 to FIG. 8 , the cooking appliance specifically includes a storage box 1 , a detection device 2 and a control device (not shown) of the cooking appliance in the above embodiments. The detection device 2 is arranged corresponding to the material storage box 1, and the detection device 2 is connected with the control device of the cooking utensil, and the control device of the cooking utensil can read the detection signal of the detection device 2.
检测装置2具体为对储料箱1的情况装载物料的情况和/或储料箱1在电器中放置情况进行检测的装置。The detection device 2 is specifically a device for detecting the condition of the material storage box 1 loaded with materials and/or the condition of the storage box 1 placed in the electrical appliance.
检测装置2的类型可根据实际情况进行设置,例如可以是光探测装置、弹性探测装置、图像检测装置2、重量检测装置2、温度检测装置2等中一种或多种可对物料情况进行准确测量的装置。The type of detection device 2 can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be one or more of optical detection device, elastic detection device, image detection device 2, weight detection device 2, temperature detection device 2, etc., which can accurately monitor the material condition. Measuring device.
检测装置2的数量也可根据实际情况进行设置,可以是1个、2个、5个或6个等。具体的,在本实施例中,一个储料箱1对应设置有至少两个检测装置2,一个用于检测储料箱1的放置状态信息,另一个用于检测储料箱1的物料存放量信息。其中用于检测储料箱1的物料存放量信息的检测装置2可有多个,以实现对储料箱1不同的物料存放量的准确检测。The number of detection devices 2 can also be set according to the actual situation, and can be 1, 2, 5 or 6, etc. Specifically, in this embodiment, one storage box 1 is correspondingly provided with at least two detection devices 2, one for detecting the placement status information of the storage box 1, and the other for detecting the material storage capacity of the storage box 1 information. There may be multiple detection devices 2 for detecting the information on the storage volume of the material in the storage box 1, so as to realize accurate detection of different storage volumes of the material in the storage box 1.
在本实施例中,检测装置2设于储料箱1的外部。在其他实施例中,检测装置2也可根据实际情况设于储料箱1内部、储料箱1上方或储料箱1下方等位置。In this embodiment, the detection device 2 is arranged outside the material storage box 1 . In other embodiments, the detection device 2 can also be located inside the material storage box 1 , above the material storage box 1 or below the material storage box 1 according to the actual situation.
本实施例提出一种烹饪器具,在烹饪器具中对应储料箱1设置有检测装置2,并且烹饪器具的控制装置与检测装置2连接,从使烹饪器具的控制装置可基于检测装置2的检测信号按照上述运行控制方法中的相关流程对烹饪前的物料情况实现自动准确的识别,保证物料状态满足烹饪要求时才开始烹饪操作,以实现烹饪器具烹饪效果的有效提高。This embodiment proposes a cooking appliance. In the cooking appliance, a detection device 2 is provided corresponding to the material storage box 1, and the control device of the cooking appliance is connected to the detection device 2, so that the control device of the cooking appliance can be based on the detection of the detection device 2. The signal realizes automatic and accurate identification of the material condition before cooking according to the relevant process in the above operation control method, and ensures that the cooking operation is started only when the material state meets the cooking requirements, so as to effectively improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensils.
在一实施例中,参照图7至图10,储料箱1包括透光部3,检测装置2包括光探测装置,透光部3与所述光探测装置对应设置,光探测装置与烹饪器具的控制装置连接。具体的,在本实施例中储料箱1的整个箱体为透明材料(例如,丙烯腈一苯乙烯共聚物)的结构。在其他实施例中,储料箱1也可为部分透光的结构,只需在需要检测的位置设置透光部3,而其他位置无需设置透光部3。光探测装置可以是光照传感器,也可以是具有光发射器201和光接收器202的检测组件。例如,光探测装置可包括红外光发射器201和红外光接收器202。In one embodiment, referring to FIGS. 7 to 10 , the material storage box 1 includes a light-transmitting portion 3, the detection device 2 includes a light detection device, the light-transmitting portion 3 is provided correspondingly to the light detection device, and the light detection device is connected to the cooking utensil. connected to the control unit. Specifically, in this embodiment, the entire box body of the material storage box 1 is made of a transparent material (for example, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer). In other embodiments, the material storage box 1 may also be a partially transparent structure, and only need to install the transparent part 3 at the position to be detected, while other positions do not need to be provided with the transparent part 3 . The light detection device may be an illumination sensor, or a detection component having a light emitter 201 and a light receiver 202 . For example, the light detection device may include an infrared light emitter 201 and an infrared light receiver 202 .
烹饪器具不同的储料状态(如储料箱1放置与否、储料箱1放置物料与否、储料箱1放置物料不同)在光探测装置中会形成不同的光探测信号。例如,光探测装置为光照传感器时,在自然光源或电子光源照射到储料箱1内时,储料箱1存放有物料时光照传感器检测到的光照度较小;储料箱1未存放有物料 时光照传感器检测到的光照度较大。基于此,本实施例中结合光探测装置的光探测特性、储料箱1的透光特性、物料的透光特性等不同在光探测装置中形成的光探测信号的差异,从而通过光探测信号可实现对烹饪器具储料情况的准确识别检测。Different storage states of cooking utensils (such as whether the storage box 1 is placed or not, whether the storage box 1 is filled with materials, and whether the storage box 1 is filled with different materials) will form different light detection signals in the light detection device. For example, when the light detection device is a light sensor, when a natural light source or an electronic light source is irradiated in the storage box 1, the illuminance detected by the light sensor is relatively small when the storage box 1 stores materials; The light intensity detected by the time light sensor is relatively large. Based on this, in this embodiment, in combination with the light detection characteristics of the light detection device, the light transmission characteristics of the material storage box 1, the light transmission characteristics of the material, etc., the differences in the light detection signals formed in the light detection device are combined, so that through the light detection signal Accurate identification and detection of cooking utensil storage can be realized.
在一实施例中,参照图7至图11、以及图14,透光部3包括全反射三棱镜,在所述透光部3对应的物料存放空间空载时,所述光探测装置发射的光线入射至所述全反射三棱镜内、发生全反射后入射至所述光探测装置。具体的,光探测装置包括光发射器201和光接收器202,在光探测装置与全反射三棱镜对位设置时,光发射器201发射的光线进入到全反射三棱镜中,若储料箱1内与透光部3对位的物料存放空间内不存在物料时,则储料箱1内为空气属于光疏介质,而透光部3为实体结构属于光密介质,因此入射到全反射三棱镜中的光线会发生全反射,反射光路会进入到光接收器202内形成相应的信号。基于此,在光探测装置与储料箱1的全反射三棱镜未对位设置或储料箱1放置有透光物料(例如水等)形成光密介质时,入射到全反射三棱镜中的光线不会发生全发射,而是透射到储料箱1内,光接收器202不会检测到反射光线。基于此,通过全反射三棱镜的透光特性可实现对储料箱1的放置情况、储料箱1内对应光探测装置的区域是否存放有透光物料情况实现准确识别。In one embodiment, referring to FIG. 7 to FIG. 11 and FIG. 14, the light-transmitting part 3 includes a total reflection prism, and when the material storage space corresponding to the light-transmitting part 3 is empty, the light emitted by the light detection device It is incident into the total reflection triangular prism, undergoes total reflection, and then enters the light detection device. Specifically, the light detection device includes a light emitter 201 and a light receiver 202. When the light detection device is aligned with the total reflection prism, the light emitted by the light emitter 201 enters the total reflection prism. When there is no material in the material storage space opposite to the light-transmitting part 3, the air in the storage box 1 is an optically sparse medium, while the light-transmitting part 3 is a solid structure and belongs to an optically dense medium, so the incident light in the total reflection prism The light will be totally reflected, and the reflected light path will enter into the light receiver 202 to form a corresponding signal. Based on this, when the optical detection device and the total reflection prism of the storage box 1 are not aligned or the storage box 1 is placed with a light-transmitting material (such as water, etc.) to form an optically dense medium, the light incident on the total reflection prism will not A full emission will take place, but instead will be transmitted into the storage bin 1 and the reflected light will not be detected by the light receiver 202 . Based on this, through the light-transmitting characteristics of the total reflection prism, it is possible to accurately identify the placement of the storage box 1 and whether there is light-transmitting material stored in the area corresponding to the light detection device in the storage box 1 .
在一实施例中,参照图7至图11、以及图14,所述光探测装置包括光发射器201和光接收器202,所述光发射器201与所述光接收器202间隔设置;定义所述全反射三棱镜朝向所述光发射器201和所述光接收器202的一面为入射面,定义所述光发射器201和所述光接收器202延伸设置的方向为基准方向,所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1位于[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内。具体的,所述全反射棱镜具有第一表面、第二表面和第三表面,所述第一表面设于所述储料箱1的外表面,所述第二表面和所述第三表面垂直相交、且位于所述储料箱1内,所述第二表面具有相对设置的第一边和第二边,所述第三表面具有相对设置的第三边和第四边,所述第一边与所述第三边连接。第三表面为储料箱1的外表面,第一表面和第二表面为储料箱1的内表面,光探测装置设于储料箱1的外部、且与第三表面间隔设置。光探测装置对应的存放区域空载时,光探测装置发射的光线垂直入射到第一表面,依次在第二表面和第三表面上发生反射,最后反射的光线入射到光接收器202。第二表面与第三表面通过第一边与第三边垂直相交。在本实施例中,所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1可为7mm;在其他实施例中,入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1还可根据实际需求选取为6mm、5.5mm、7.5mm、8mm、8.5mm等。在本实施例中,由于所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1过小时,全反射三棱镜内的入射光线和反射光线容易相互影响,导致储料状态信息检测的结果不准确,而入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1过大时,光线容易发散造成光线损失,通过影响储料状态信息检测结果的准确性。基于此,将入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1控制在[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内可有利于保证基于光探测信号可准确烹饪器具的储料状态信息。In one embodiment, referring to FIG. 7 to FIG. 11 and FIG. 14, the optical detection device includes an optical transmitter 201 and an optical receiver 202, and the optical transmitter 201 and the optical receiver 202 are arranged at intervals; the defined The side of the total reflection triangular prism facing the light emitter 201 and the light receiver 202 is an incident surface, and the direction in which the light emitter 201 and the light receiver 202 are extended is defined as a reference direction, and the incident surface The width d1 along the reference direction is within the range of [5 mm, 9 mm]. Specifically, the total reflection prism has a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is arranged on the outer surface of the storage box 1, and the second surface and the third surface are vertical Intersect and are located in the storage box 1, the second surface has a first side and a second side opposite to each other, the third surface has a third side and a fourth side opposite to each other, the first side is connected to the third side. The third surface is the outer surface of the material storage box 1 , the first surface and the second surface are the inner surfaces of the material storage box 1 , and the optical detection device is arranged outside the material storage box 1 and spaced apart from the third surface. When the storage area corresponding to the light detection device is empty, the light emitted by the light detection device is incident vertically on the first surface, reflected on the second surface and the third surface in turn, and finally the reflected light is incident on the light receiver 202 . The second surface and the third surface perpendicularly intersect through the first side and the third side. In this embodiment, the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction can be 7mm; in other embodiments, the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction can also be selected as 6mm, 5.5mm, 7.5mm, 8mm, 8.5mm, etc. In this embodiment, since the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction is too small, the incident light and the reflected light in the total reflection prism are likely to interact with each other, resulting in inaccurate detection results of the storage state information, while the incident surface When the width d1 along the reference direction is too large, the light is likely to diverge and cause light loss, which affects the accuracy of the detection result of the storage state information. Based on this, controlling the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction within the range of [5mm, 9mm] is beneficial to ensure accurate storage status information of the cooking appliance based on the light detection signal.
进一步的,参照图14所述光发射器201与所述光接收器202之间距离d2小于或等于所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度d1,从而保证光接收器202可有效检测到反射回来的光线,进一步保证储料状态信息检测的准确性。Further, referring to FIG. 14, the distance d2 between the light transmitter 201 and the light receiver 202 is less than or equal to the width d1 of the incident surface along the reference direction, so as to ensure that the light receiver 202 can effectively detect the reflection The returned light further ensures the accuracy of detection of storage status information.
进一步的,在一实施例中,参照图13至图14,所述光探测装置还包括光发射器201、光接收器202、第一聚光件41以及第二聚光件42,所述第一聚光件41设于所述光发射器201与透光部3之间,所述第二聚光件42设于所述光接收器202与所述透光部3之间。由于光线在传播过程中难免会存在一定程度的发散,光发射器201向透光部3发射光线时,在第一聚光件41的作用下可保证光线可入射到透光部3中,尤其是透光部3为全反射三棱镜时,可保证光线可准确地以90度的入射角入射到全反射三棱镜中;而第二聚光件42的作用下可保证反射回来的光线可朝向光接收器202偏折,光接收器202可有效采集到反射回来的光线。基于此,通过第一聚光件41和第二聚光件42的设置有利于进一步保证光探测装置所检测到的光探测信号可准确反映物料状态。Further, in one embodiment, referring to FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 , the light detection device further includes a light emitter 201, a light receiver 202, a first light concentrating element 41 and a second light concentrating element 42, the first light concentrating element A light concentrating element 41 is disposed between the light emitter 201 and the light transmitting portion 3 , and the second light concentrating element 42 is disposed between the light receiver 202 and the light transmitting portion 3 . Since the light will inevitably diverge to a certain extent during the propagation process, when the light emitter 201 emits light to the light-transmitting part 3, under the action of the first light-gathering member 41, it can ensure that the light can enter the light-transmitting part 3, especially When the light-transmitting part 3 is a total reflection prism, it can ensure that the light can be accurately incident on the total reflection prism at an incident angle of 90 degrees; and under the action of the second light concentrating member 42, it can ensure that the reflected light can be directed toward the light receiving The light receiver 202 is deflected, and the light receiver 202 can effectively collect the reflected light. Based on this, the arrangement of the first light concentrating member 41 and the second light concentrating member 42 is beneficial to further ensure that the light detection signal detected by the light detection device can accurately reflect the state of the material.
具体的,参照图13至图14,所述第一聚光件41朝向所述光发射器201的一侧设有第一斜面,所述第二聚光件42朝向所述光接收器202的一侧设有第二斜面,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面呈夹角设置,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面的夹角的角平分线位于所述光发射器201和所述光接收器202之间。光发射器201发射的光线在第一斜面作用下发生折射后从第一聚光件41入射到透光部3,透光部3出射的光线入射到第二聚光件42后在第二斜面的作用下发生折射后入射到光接收器202。Specifically, referring to FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 , the first light concentrating member 41 is provided with a first slope on the side facing the light emitter 201 , and the second light concentrating member 42 is provided with a side facing the light receiver 202 . One side is provided with a second slope, the first slope and the second slope form an angle, and the angle bisector of the angle between the first slope and the second slope is located between the light emitter 201 and the second slope. between the light receivers 202 . The light emitted by the light emitter 201 is refracted under the action of the first inclined surface and then enters the light-transmitting part 3 from the first light-concentrating member 41, and the light emitted from the light-transmitting part 3 enters the second light-condensing member 42 and passes through the second inclined surface. Refraction occurs under the action of , and then enters the light receiver 202.
其中,参照图12至图13,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面之间的夹角α位于区间[130°,180°]内。在本实施例中,第一斜面与第二斜面之间的夹角α为150°。在其他实施例中第一斜面与第二斜面之间的夹角α还可根据实际需求选择为135°、140°、155°或160°。具体的,第一斜面与第二斜面之间的夹角α过小,会导致折射后的光线进一步发散无法入射透光部3或光接收器202,第一斜面与第二斜面之间的夹角α过大会使折射后的光线过度汇聚,导致入射光线和反射光线相互影响,因此,第一斜面与第二斜面的夹角α设置为[130°,180°]内可保证有效聚光,以确保储料状态信息检测的精准性。Wherein, referring to FIG. 12 to FIG. 13 , the angle α between the first slope and the second slope is within the interval [130°, 180°]. In this embodiment, the angle α between the first slope and the second slope is 150°. In other embodiments, the angle α between the first slope and the second slope can also be selected as 135°, 140°, 155° or 160° according to actual needs. Specifically, if the angle α between the first slope and the second slope is too small, the refracted light will further diverge and cannot be incident on the light-transmitting part 3 or the light receiver 202, and the angle between the first slope and the second slope If the angle α is too large, the refracted light will converge excessively, causing the incident light and reflected light to interact with each other. Therefore, setting the angle α between the first slope and the second slope within [130°, 180°] can ensure effective light concentration. To ensure the accuracy of detection of storage status information.
进一步的,在一实施例中,参照图13至图14,所述烹饪器具还包括基板6和第一遮光件51,所述 第一遮光件51和所述光探测装置均设于所述基板6,所述第一遮光件51设于所述光探测装置周围,所述光探测装置和所述第一遮光件51均位于所述基板6与所述透光部3之间。在本实施例中,基板6具体为用于对光探测装置进行数据处理的PCB板。在其他实施例中,基板6也可根据实际需求设置为不具备数据处理功能的板状结构。具体的,在光探测装置包括光发射器201和光接收器202时,光发射器201和光接收器202均设于基板6与第一遮光件51围合形成的开口腔内,开口腔的开口可贴合透光部3设置、也可贴合透光部3与光探测装置之间的安装座7设置,以形成封闭腔实现遮光。光探测装置发射的光线或接收的光线在第一遮光件51的作用下,不会泄露到外部环境,而在第一遮光件51的作用下外部环境的光线也不会影响光探测装置的信号测量,从而有利于保证基于光探测信号确定的储料状态信息的准确性。Further, in one embodiment, referring to FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 , the cooking utensil further includes a substrate 6 and a first shading member 51, and both the first shading member 51 and the light detection device are arranged on the substrate 6. The first light-shielding member 51 is disposed around the light detection device, and the light detection device and the first light-shielding member 51 are both located between the substrate 6 and the light-transmitting portion 3 . In this embodiment, the substrate 6 is specifically a PCB board for performing data processing on the light detection device. In other embodiments, the substrate 6 can also be configured as a plate-shaped structure without data processing function according to actual needs. Specifically, when the photodetection device includes a phototransmitter 201 and a photoreceiver 202, both the phototransmitter 201 and the photoreceiver 202 are arranged in the opening cavity formed by the substrate 6 and the first light shielding member 51, and the opening of the cavity can be The light-transmitting part 3 is attached, and the installation seat 7 between the light-transmitting part 3 and the photodetection device can also be attached to form a closed cavity to realize light shielding. The light emitted or received by the light detection device will not leak to the external environment under the action of the first light shielding member 51, and the light of the external environment will not affect the signal of the light detection device under the action of the first light shielding member 51. measurement, which is beneficial to ensure the accuracy of the storage status information determined based on the light detection signal.
进一步的,在本实施例中,参照图13至图14,所述烹饪器具除了第一遮光件51以外还包括第二遮光件52,所述光探测装置还包括光发射器201和光接收器202,所述第二遮光件52设于所述基板6、且位于所述光发射器201与所述光接收器202之间。通过第二遮光件52的设置,光发射器201发射的光线与反射至光接收器202的光线不会相互干扰,从而进一步确保光探测信号表征的储料状态信息的精准性。Further, in this embodiment, referring to FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 , the cooking utensil includes a second shading member 52 in addition to the first shading member 51 , and the light detection device also includes a light emitter 201 and a light receiver 202 , the second light shielding member 52 is disposed on the substrate 6 and located between the light emitter 201 and the light receiver 202 . Through the setting of the second light shielding member 52 , the light emitted by the light transmitter 201 and the light reflected to the light receiver 202 will not interfere with each other, thereby further ensuring the accuracy of the storage status information represented by the light detection signal.
进一步的,在本实施例中,参照图13至图14,,基板6与储料箱1外表面间隔距离d3位于区间[10mm,25mm]。在本实施例中,基板6与储料箱1外表面(如上述全反射三棱镜的第一表面)的间隔距离d3为18mm。在其他实施例中,基板6与储料箱1外表面之间的间隔距离d3还可根据实际情况设置为12mm、14mm、16mm、20mm或24mm等。由于基板6与储料箱1外表面间隔距离d3过大容易导致光探测装置与透光部3之间的光路过长造成光线不必要的损失影响到检测的准确性,基板6与储料箱1外表面间隔距离d3过小会导致基板6与透光部3之间的部件(如下面的安装基座、上面的聚光件等)尺寸过小,影响光探测装置的性能(例如安装牢固性、检测精准性等)。因此,基板6与储料箱1外表面间隔距离d3位于区间[10mm,25mm]可保证进一步提高储料状态信息检测的准确性。Further, in this embodiment, referring to FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 , the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the storage box 1 is located in the interval [10 mm, 25 mm]. In this embodiment, the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the material storage box 1 (such as the first surface of the above-mentioned total reflection prism) is 18 mm. In other embodiments, the distance d3 between the base plate 6 and the outer surface of the material storage box 1 can also be set to 12mm, 14mm, 16mm, 20mm or 24mm according to the actual situation. Since the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the storage box 1 is too large, it is easy to cause the optical path between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part 3 to be too long, resulting in unnecessary loss of light and affecting the accuracy of detection. 1 If the distance d3 between the outer surfaces is too small, the size of the components between the substrate 6 and the light-transmitting part 3 (such as the mounting base below, the light-collecting piece above, etc.) will be too small, which will affect the performance of the light detection device (such as firm installation performance, detection accuracy, etc.). Therefore, the distance d3 between the substrate 6 and the outer surface of the material storage box 1 is located in the interval [10mm, 25mm], which can further improve the accuracy of detection of the storage state information.
进一步的,在一实施例中,参照图13至图14,所述烹饪器具还包括安装座7,所述安装座7包括底板72以及两个相对设置的侧板71,所述底板72位于所述光探测装置与透光部3之间,所述底板72与所述侧板71围合形成安装腔,所述光探测装置设于所述安装腔内,所述底板72设有透光区域721。Further, in one embodiment, referring to FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 , the cooking appliance further includes a mounting base 7, the mounting base 7 includes a bottom plate 72 and two opposite side plates 71, the bottom plate 72 is located on the Between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part 3, the bottom plate 72 and the side plate 71 surround to form an installation cavity, the light detection device is arranged in the installation cavity, and the bottom plate 72 is provided with a light-transmission area 721.
其中,底板72上的透光区域721可以是透光孔,也可以是透光件。当烹饪器具还包括聚光件和/或遮光件时,底板72可形成有若干个相应的安装槽,用于聚光件和/或遮光件的安装和定位。Wherein, the light-transmitting area 721 on the bottom plate 72 may be a light-transmitting hole or a light-transmitting member. When the cooking utensil also includes a light concentrating piece and/or a light shielding piece, the bottom plate 72 may be formed with several corresponding installation grooves for installation and positioning of the light concentrating piece and/or the light shielding piece.
另外,底板72与侧板71围合形成的安装腔为开口腔,在烹饪器具还包括基板6时,基板6可封闭该开口腔形成封闭的容置腔,并可进一步配合遮光件的作用,避免安装腔内光线的泄漏或外部光线进入到腔体内,保证光探测装置检测的信号可准确表征烹饪器具的物料状态。In addition, the installation cavity formed by the bottom plate 72 and the side plate 71 is an open cavity. When the cooking appliance also includes the base plate 6, the base plate 6 can close the open cavity to form a closed accommodating cavity, and can further cooperate with the function of the shading member. The leakage of light in the installation cavity or the entry of external light into the cavity is avoided, so as to ensure that the signal detected by the light detection device can accurately represent the material state of the cooking utensil.
在本实施例中,通过安装基座的设置,可便于光探测装置在烹饪器具中的安装固定。In this embodiment, the arrangement of the installation base can facilitate the installation and fixation of the light detection device in the cooking appliance.
进一步的,在一实施例中,所述烹饪器具包括主体(未图示),所述主体(未图示)内设有容置腔,所述储料箱1可拆卸设于所述容置腔内,所述光探测装置与所述主体(未图示)固定连接。基于此,可方便根据实际需求将储料箱1拿出来清洗或装载物料,而光探测装置固定在主体(未图示),可实现对储料箱1的放入和拿出的状态实现准确识别。其中,对应储料箱1的底部设置光探测装置,可基于光探测信号准确的识别储料箱1是否在烹饪器具里放置好。而容置腔内壁的形状与储料箱1外表面的形状适配。Furthermore, in one embodiment, the cooking utensil includes a main body (not shown), and an accommodating cavity is arranged in the main body (not shown), and the storage box 1 is detachably arranged in the accommodating cavity. In the cavity, the light detection device is fixedly connected with the main body (not shown). Based on this, it is convenient to take out the storage box 1 for cleaning or loading materials according to actual needs, and the light detection device is fixed on the main body (not shown), so that the state of putting in and taking out the storage box 1 can be accurately realized. identify. Wherein, a light detection device is provided corresponding to the bottom of the material storage box 1 , and it can accurately identify whether the material storage box 1 is properly placed in the cooking appliance based on the light detection signal. The shape of the inner wall of the accommodating cavity is adapted to the shape of the outer surface of the material storage box 1 .
进一步的,在一实施例中,参照图9至图12,所述光探测装置包括至少两个光探测模块,所述透光部3包括至少两个子透光部,所述光探测模块与所述子透光部一一对应设置,所述光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置。Further, in an embodiment, referring to FIG. 9 to FIG. 12 , the photodetection device includes at least two photodetection modules, the light-transmitting part 3 includes at least two sub-light-transmitting parts, the photodetection module and the The light-transmitting parts are arranged in one-to-one correspondence, and the light detection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
在本实施例中,每个光探测模块均包括光发射器201和光接收器202,每个光探测模块还可包括对应的基板6、聚光件和/或遮光件等,每个光探测模块中各个部件相对位置和连接关系可参见上面的实施例,在此不作赘述。In this embodiment, each photodetection module includes a light emitter 201 and a photoreceiver 202, and each photodetection module may also include a corresponding substrate 6, a light concentrating member and/or a light shielding member, etc., and each photodetection module The relative positions and connection relationships of the various components can be referred to the above embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
其中,若储料箱1为整体采用透明材料的结构时,与光探测模块对应的透光区域定义为子透光部。每个子透光部可根据实际需求设置为上述的全反射三棱镜或平面透光结构。平面透光结构具体指的是透光部3具有两相对设置的透光面。Wherein, if the material storage box 1 is a structure made of transparent materials as a whole, the light-transmitting area corresponding to the light detection module is defined as a sub-light-transmitting part. Each sub-light-transmitting part can be configured as the above-mentioned total reflection triangular prism or a planar light-transmitting structure according to actual needs. The planar light-transmitting structure specifically means that the light-transmitting portion 3 has two oppositely disposed light-transmitting surfaces.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,每个光探测模块均包括光发射器201和光接收器202,每个光探测模块还可包括对应的基板6、聚光件和/或遮光件等,每个光探测模块中各个部件相对位置和连接关系可参见上面的实施例,在此不作赘述。其中,若储料箱1为整体采用透明材料的结构时,与光探测模块对应的透光区域定义为子透光部。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, each photodetection module includes a phototransmitter 201 and a photoreceiver 202, and each photodetection module may also include a corresponding substrate 6, a light concentrating member and/or a light shielding member, etc., The relative positions and connections of the components in each photodetection module can be referred to the above embodiments, which will not be repeated here. Wherein, if the material storage box 1 is a structure made of transparent materials as a whole, the light-transmitting area corresponding to the light detection module is defined as a sub-light-transmitting part.
光探测模块的具体位置可根据检测需求进行设置,光探测模块一般固定在烹饪器具内。若光探测模块的光探测信号用于识别储料箱1的放置状态信息,在储料箱1放置于烹饪器具内满足烹饪所需的位置 时,检测模块与储料箱1的底部对应设置。若光探测模块的光探测信号用于识别储料箱1的物料存放量信息,在储料箱1放置于烹饪器具内满足烹饪所需的位置时,光探测模块与储料箱1的中上部区域对应设置,且光探测模块可根据所需测量的多个不同的存放量设置有多个。The specific position of the light detection module can be set according to the detection requirements, and the light detection module is generally fixed in the cooking utensil. If the light detection signal of the light detection module is used to identify the placement status information of the storage box 1, when the storage box 1 is placed in the cooking utensil to meet the cooking requirements, the detection module is set corresponding to the bottom of the storage box 1. If the light detection signal of the light detection module is used to identify the material storage information of the storage box 1, when the storage box 1 is placed in the cooking utensil to meet the cooking requirements, the light detection module and the middle and upper parts of the storage box 1 The areas are set correspondingly, and multiple light detection modules can be set according to the multiple different storage quantities that need to be measured.
具体的,在本实施例中,至少两个所述光探测模块包括第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22,至少两个子透光部包括第一透光部31和第二透光部32,所述第一透光部31与所述第一光探测模块21对应设置,所述第二透光部32与所述第二光探测模块22对应设置,所述第一光探测模块21与所述储料箱的底部对应设置,第二光探测模块22位于所述第一光探测模块21的上方。Specifically, in this embodiment, at least two of the light detection modules include a first light detection module 21 and a second light detection module 22, and at least two sub-light transmission parts include a first light transmission part 31 and a second light transmission part 31. part 32, the first light-transmitting part 31 is set corresponding to the first light detection module 21, the second light-transmitting part 32 is set corresponding to the second light detection module 22, and the first light detection module 21 is arranged corresponding to the bottom of the storage box, and the second photodetection module 22 is located above the first photodetection module 21 .
第一透光部31和第二透光部32的具体结构可根据实际需求进行设置。具体的,所述第一透光部31和所述第二透光部32均为全反射三棱镜;或,所述第一透光部31为平面透光结构,所述第二透光部32为全反射三棱镜;或,所述第一透光部31为全反射三棱镜,所述第二透光部32为平面透光结构,等等。The specific structures of the first light-transmitting portion 31 and the second light-transmitting portion 32 can be set according to actual needs. Specifically, both the first light transmission part 31 and the second light transmission part 32 are total reflection triangular prisms; or, the first light transmission part 31 is a planar light transmission structure, and the second light transmission part 32 is a total reflection prism; or, the first light transmission part 31 is a total reflection prism, the second light transmission part 32 is a planar light transmission structure, and so on.
具体的,第一光探测模块21对应的第一光探测信号可用于识别储料箱的放置状态信息;第二光探测模块22对应的第二光探测信号可用于识别储料箱内的物料放置状态信息。Specifically, the first light detection signal corresponding to the first light detection module 21 can be used to identify the placement status information of the storage box; the second light detection signal corresponding to the second light detection module 22 can be used to identify the material placed in the storage box. status information.
其中,第二光探测模块22的数量可根据实际需求设置有一个或多个。在本实施例中,所述第二光探测模块22的数量多个,多个所述第二光探测模块22沿竖直方向间隔设置,从而实现对储料箱1内不同的物料存放量进行准确识别。例如,在实际应用中,储料箱1用于装米时,可根据烹饪需求的N个米量要求设置对应的N个第二光探测模块22的位置;储料箱1用于装水时,可根据烹饪需求的N个水量要求设置对应的N个第二光探测模块22或者根据烹饪配比的N个米量要求来确定N个第二光探测模块22检测的位置。Wherein, the number of the second photodetection modules 22 can be set to one or more according to actual needs. In this embodiment, the number of the second photodetection modules 22 is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules 22 are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, so as to realize the monitoring of different material storage volumes in the material storage box 1. Accurate identification. For example, in practical applications, when the material storage box 1 is used for filling rice, the positions of the corresponding N second photodetection modules 22 can be set according to the N rice quantity requirements of the cooking demand; when the material storage box 1 is used for filling water The corresponding N second light detection modules 22 can be set according to the N water volume requirements of the cooking requirements, or the detection positions of the N second light detection modules 22 can be determined according to the N rice volume requirements of the cooking ratio.
例如,在储料箱1的底部设置第一光探测模块21、储料箱1存储放有100ml、200ml、300ml、400ml物料时物料表面的所在高度位置,分别对应设置有一个第二光探测模块22,以实现通过第一光探测模块21可检测储料箱1是否完全放置于烹饪器具内、并可通过多个第二光探测模块22识别储料箱1内存放物料的具体有多少。For example, a first light detection module 21 is set at the bottom of the storage box 1, and the height position of the material surface when the storage box 1 stores 100ml, 200ml, 300ml, and 400ml of materials is respectively provided with a second light detection module 22, so that the first light detection module 21 can detect whether the material storage box 1 is completely placed in the cooking appliance, and the multiple second light detection modules 22 can identify the specific amount of materials stored in the material storage box 1 .
在本实施例中,一个储料箱1对应设置最少两个光探测模块,从而实现可基于不同的光探测模块的检测信号对储料箱1的不同物料状态进行表征,进一步确保物料状态信息表征的准确性。In this embodiment, a storage bin 1 is provided with at least two optical detection modules, so that the different material states of the storage bin 1 can be characterized based on the detection signals of different optical detection modules, further ensuring the characterization of material state information accuracy.
进一步的,在一实施例中,参照图7、图8、图11和图12,所述储料箱1内设有储料腔,所述烹饪器具还包括隔板8,所述隔板8设于所述储料箱1内、且将所述储料腔分隔成隔离的第一腔体和第二腔体,所述第一腔体位于所述储料箱1的底部,所述第一透光部31与所述第一腔体对位设置,所述第二透光部32与所述第二腔体对位设置。具体的,第二腔体用于放置物料。Further, in one embodiment, referring to Fig. 7, Fig. 8, Fig. 11 and Fig. 12, a storage chamber is provided in the storage box 1, and the cooking utensil further includes a partition 8, and the partition 8 It is arranged in the storage box 1 and separates the storage cavity into an isolated first cavity and a second cavity, the first cavity is located at the bottom of the storage box 1, and the second cavity is A light-transmitting portion 31 is disposed in alignment with the first cavity, and the second light-transmitting portion 32 is disposed in alignment with the second cavity. Specifically, the second cavity is used for placing materials.
这里的,通过隔板的设置,可避免第一光探测模块21与第二光探测模块22对应的物料状态信息的表征结果相互影响,保证第一光探测模块21与第二光探测模块22对应的光探测信号可准确表征烹饪器具内不同的储料情况。Here, through the setting of the partition, the characterization results of the material state information corresponding to the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 can be avoided from influencing each other, ensuring that the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 correspond to each other. The light detection signal can accurately characterize the different storage conditions in the cooking appliance.
进一步的,储料箱1可根据实际需求设置有一个或多个。在本实施例中,参照图6至图14,所述烹饪器具包括至少两个所述储料箱1及其对应的光探测装置,至少两个所述储料箱1包括第一储料箱11和第二储料箱12,所述第一储料箱11设置为存放可反射光线的物料(例如,米、大豆、红豆、麦子等),所述第二储料箱12设置为存放透光物料(例如,水、清汤、雪碧等)。Further, one or more material storage boxes 1 can be provided according to actual needs. In this embodiment, referring to FIG. 6 to FIG. 14 , the cooking appliance includes at least two of the storage boxes 1 and their corresponding light detection devices, and at least two of the storage boxes 1 include the first storage box 11 and a second material storage box 12, the first material storage box 11 is set to store materials that can reflect light (for example, rice, soybeans, red beans, wheat, etc.), and the second material storage box 12 is set to store transparent Light materials (eg, water, broth, sprite, etc.).
第一储料箱11的第一透光部31为全反射三棱镜,所述第二透光部32为平面透光结构。基于此,第一储料箱11的第一光探测模块21的光探测信号可用于表征第一储料箱11是否放置于烹饪器具内,第二储料箱12的第二光探测模块32的光探测信号可用于表征第一储料箱11内是否存在物料和物料的存放量。The first light-transmitting part 31 of the first storage box 11 is a total reflection triangular prism, and the second light-transmitting part 32 is a planar light-transmitting structure. Based on this, the light detection signal of the first light detection module 21 of the first storage box 11 can be used to characterize whether the first storage box 11 is placed in the cooking appliance, and the light detection signal of the second light detection module 32 of the second storage box 12 The light detection signal can be used to characterize whether there is a material in the first material storage box 11 and the storage amount of the material.
由于第一储料箱11对应的第一光探测模块21固定设于烹饪器具内,而第一储料箱11可拆卸,第一储料箱11未放置于烹饪器具内时,不存在第一储料箱11的全反射三棱镜对第一子检测模块21发射的光进行反射,因此第一光探测模块21发射的光不会反射回第一储料箱11对应的第一光探测模块21,第一光探测模块21检测不到其光反射信号;而第一储料箱11放置于烹饪器具内时,其全反射三棱镜会对其对应的第一光探测模块21发射光进行反射,因此第一储料箱11对应的第一光探测模块21发射的光会反射回第一光探测模块21,第一储料箱11对应的第一光探测模块21可检测到其光反射信号。Since the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first material storage box 11 is fixedly installed in the cooking appliance, and the first material storage box 11 is detachable, when the first material storage box 11 is not placed in the cooking appliance, there is no first The total reflection prism of the material storage box 11 reflects the light emitted by the first sub-detection module 21, so the light emitted by the first light detection module 21 will not be reflected back to the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first material storage box 11, The first light detection module 21 cannot detect its light reflection signal; and when the first storage box 11 is placed in the cooking utensil, its total reflection triangular prism will reflect the light emitted by its corresponding first light detection module 21, so the first The light emitted by the first photodetection module 21 corresponding to a storage bin 11 will be reflected back to the first photodetection module 21 , and the first photodetection module 21 corresponding to the first storage bin 11 can detect the light reflection signal.
由于第一储料箱11内存放的物料可反射光线,因此第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22发出的光线经过平面透光结构入射到第一储料箱11内,第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22的区域内存放有物料时会将光线反射至第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22,第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22的区域内未存放有物料时则不会将光线反射至第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22,因此基于第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22检测信号的差异,以及不同第一储料箱11对应的第二光探测模块22所检测到的检测信号反映的物料状态,可实现对第一储料箱11内物料存放量的准确识 别。Since the materials stored in the first storage box 11 can reflect light, the light emitted by the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the first storage box 11 enters the first storage box 11 through the planar light-transmitting structure. When materials are stored in the area of the second light detection module 22 corresponding to the storage box 11, the light will be reflected to the second light detection module 22 corresponding to the first storage box 11, and the second light corresponding to the first storage box 11 When there is no material stored in the area of the detection module 22, the light will not be reflected to the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the first storage bin 11, so based on the detection by the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the first storage bin 11 The signal difference and the material status reflected by the detection signals detected by the second photodetection modules 22 corresponding to different first material storage bins 11 can realize accurate identification of the storage amount of the material in the first material storage bin 11 .
所述第二储料箱12的第一透光部31和第一透光部32均为全反射三棱镜。Both the first light-transmitting portion 31 and the first light-transmitting portion 32 of the second storage box 12 are total reflection triangular prisms.
具体的,第二储料箱12对应的第一光探测模块21对第二储料箱12的放置状态信息检测原理与第一储料箱12对应的第一光探测模块21第一储料箱12的放置状态信息的检测原理一致,在此不作赘述。Specifically, the detection principle of the placement state information of the second storage box 12 by the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the second storage box 12 is the same as that of the first light detection module 21 corresponding to the first storage box 12. The detection principle of the placement state information of 12 is the same, and will not be repeated here.
由于第二储料箱12内存放的物料可透射光线,因此在第二储料箱12位于烹饪器具内时,第二储料箱12对应的第二光探测模块22发出的光线会进入到其对应的全反射三棱镜中,第二储料箱12对应第二光探测模块22的区域内未存放有物料时,光线会在全反射三棱镜中发生全反射,反射光线会返回至第二光探测模块22,第二储料箱12对应第二光探测模块22的区域内存放有透光物料时,在透光物料的透光作用下,光线不会在全反射三棱镜中发生全反射,则第二光探测模块22不会检测到反射的光信号,因此基于第二储料箱12对应的第二光探测模块22检测信号的差异,以及不同的第二储料箱12对应的第二光探测模块22所检测到的检测信号反映的物料状态,可实现对第二储料箱12内物料存放量的准确识别。Since the materials stored in the second storage box 12 can transmit light, when the second storage box 12 is located in the cooking utensil, the light emitted by the second photodetection module 22 corresponding to the second storage box 12 will enter into it. In the corresponding total reflection prism, when there is no material stored in the area corresponding to the second light detection module 22 of the second storage box 12, the light will be totally reflected in the total reflection prism, and the reflected light will return to the second light detection module 22. When light-transmitting materials are stored in the area of the second storage box 12 corresponding to the second light detection module 22, under the light-transmitting effect of the light-transmitting materials, the light will not be totally reflected in the total reflection prism, then the second The light detection module 22 will not detect the reflected light signal, so based on the difference of the detection signal of the second light detection module 22 corresponding to the second storage box 12, and the second light detection module corresponding to the different second storage box 12 The state of the material reflected by the detection signal detected at 22 can realize accurate identification of the storage volume of the material in the second storage box 12 .
在本实施例中,烹饪器具中设有装载不同物料的储料箱1时,对应设置上述的第一光探测模块21至第二光探测模块22,从而实现对烹饪器具中不同储料箱1的放置状态以及装载的不同物料的存放量进行准确识别,以保证烹饪器具需要不同物料配合烹饪时,各种物料对应的储料状态可使烹饪器具的烹饪效果达到用户需求。In this embodiment, when the cooking appliance is provided with storage boxes 1 loaded with different materials, the above-mentioned first photodetection module 21 to second photodetection module 22 are set correspondingly, so as to realize the detection of different storage boxes 1 in the cooking appliance. Accurately identify the placement status of the cooking utensils and the storage capacity of different materials loaded to ensure that when the cooking utensils need different materials for cooking, the corresponding storage status of each material can make the cooking effect of the cooking utensils meet the user's needs.
此外,由于现有技术中,目前的烹饪器具一般无法对其所放置的水箱等储液箱的状态实现自动检测,导致用户的烹饪需求无法满足。In addition, in the prior art, the current cooking appliances are generally unable to automatically detect the state of the water tank and other liquid storage tanks where they are placed, resulting in unsatisfactory cooking needs of users.
本申请提供上述的解决方案,旨在实现对烹饪器具中储液箱的状态进行有效检测,以满足用户的烹饪需求。The present application provides the above-mentioned solution, aiming at realizing the effective detection of the state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance, so as to meet the cooking needs of users.
本申请实施例提出一种烹饪器具的运行控制方法,应用于对烹饪器具的储液箱状态进行检测。烹饪器具可以是任意具有储液箱装载烹饪相关的液体的电器,例如电饭煲、咖啡机、料理机、破壁机等。An embodiment of the present application proposes an operation control method of a cooking appliance, which is applied to detecting the state of a liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance. The cooking appliance can be any electrical appliance with a liquid storage tank for storing cooking-related liquids, such as an electric rice cooker, coffee machine, cooking machine, wall breaker, and the like.
烹饪器具包括储液箱和对应储液箱设置的光探测装置。光探测装置包括第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块具体为对储液箱储液的情况和/或储液箱在烹饪器具中放置情况进行检测的装置。第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块的类型可根据实际情况进行设置,例如光照传感器或具有光发射和光接收功能的检测模块。光探测装置设置的位置可根据实际情况进行设置,例如可设于储液箱外部、储液箱内部、储液箱上方或储液箱下方等位置。具体的,在本实施例中,所述第一光探测模块对应所述储液腔设置,所述第二光探测模块对应所述储液箱的目标区域设置,所述目标区域为所述储液箱上位于所述储液腔外部的区域。具体的,第一光探测模块为用于检测储液箱的储液情况的模块,第二光探测模块为用于检测储液箱在烹饪器具中放置情况的模块。在本实施例中,储液箱为水箱。在其他实施例中,储液箱可根据实际需求设置为存放其他类型液体的模块(例如汤、汽水、咖啡等)The cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank and a light detection device arranged corresponding to the liquid storage tank. The photodetection device includes a first photodetection module and a second photodetection module, and the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module are specifically for detecting the liquid storage in the liquid storage tank and/or the placement of the liquid storage tank in the cooking utensil. detection device. The types of the first light detection module and the second light detection module can be set according to actual conditions, such as light sensors or detection modules with light emitting and light receiving functions. The location of the light detection device can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be arranged outside the liquid storage tank, inside the liquid storage tank, above the liquid storage tank, or below the liquid storage tank. Specifically, in this embodiment, the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage chamber, and the second light detection module is set corresponding to the target area of the liquid storage tank, and the target area is the The area on the liquid tank outside the liquid storage chamber. Specifically, the first light detection module is a module for detecting the liquid storage condition of the liquid storage tank, and the second light detection module is a module for detecting the placement of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance. In this embodiment, the liquid storage tank is a water tank. In other embodiments, the liquid storage tank can be set as a module for storing other types of liquids (such as soup, soda, coffee, etc.) according to actual needs
基于上述烹饪器具,提出本申请烹饪器具的运行控制方法一实施例。在本实施例中,参照图15,烹饪器具的运行控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the above cooking appliance, an embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application is proposed. In this embodiment, referring to FIG. 15 , the operation control method of the cooking appliance includes the following steps:
步骤S110,获取所述第一光探测模块的第一光探测信号,获取所述第二光探测模块的第二光探测信号;Step S110, obtaining a first light detection signal of the first light detection module, and obtaining a second light detection signal of the second light detection module;
通过对第一光探测模块的发射信号、接收到的反射信号、信号的变化量和/或信号的变化速率等进行监测,得到这里的第一光探测信号。通过对第二光探测模块的发射信号、接收到的反射信号、信号的变化量和/或信号的变化速率等进行监测,得到这里的第二光探测信号。第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号的获取方式可适应于其对应的光探测模块的检测原理不同而不同,例如,第一光探测模块或第二光探测模块包括信号发射器和信号接收器时,可同时监控发射器和接收器两个器件的信号得到第一光探测模块或第二光探测模块对应的光探测信号,也可以监控信号接收器的信号得到第一光探测模块或第二光探测模块对应的光探测信号;又如,第一光探测模块或第二光探测模块为光照传感器时,可直接监控光照传感器检测的信号得到第一光探测模块或第二光探测模块对应的光探测信号。The first light detection signal here is obtained by monitoring the emission signal of the first light detection module, the received reflection signal, the amount of change of the signal and/or the rate of change of the signal, and the like. The second light detection signal here is obtained by monitoring the emission signal of the second light detection module, the received reflection signal, the amount of change of the signal and/or the rate of change of the signal, and the like. The acquisition methods of the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal can be adapted to the different detection principles of the corresponding light detection modules. For example, the first light detection module or the second light detection module includes a signal transmitter and a signal receiver. When the device is used, the signals of the transmitter and the receiver can be monitored at the same time to obtain the corresponding optical detection signal of the first optical detection module or the second optical detection module, and the signal of the signal receiver can also be monitored to obtain the first optical detection module or the second optical detection module. The light detection signal corresponding to the second light detection module; as another example, when the first light detection module or the second light detection module is a light sensor, the signal detected by the light sensor can be directly monitored to obtain the corresponding light detection signal of the first light detection module or the second light detection module. light detection signal.
具体的,可在烹饪器具开机后接收到用户的设定指令后实时获取的第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块检测的信号得到这里的第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号。Specifically, the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal here can be obtained from signals detected by the first light detection module and the second light detection module obtained in real time after the cooking appliance is powered on and receives a user's setting instruction.
烹饪器具中储液箱的状态不同,可在第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块中形成不同的光探测信号。例如,放置有水和未放置有水时第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块中的光探测信号不同;储液箱放在烹饪器具内和未放在烹饪器具内时第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块中的光探测信号不同。Different states of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance can form different light detection signals in the first light detection module and the second light detection module. For example, the light detection signals in the first light detection module and the second light detection module are different when water is placed and when water is not placed; It is different from the light detection signal in the second light detection module.
具体的,步骤S110可在接收到用户输入的烹饪功能的启动指令后执行。Specifically, step S110 may be performed after receiving an instruction to start the cooking function input by the user.
步骤S120,根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息。Step S120, determining state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal.
储液箱的状态信息具体表征的是烹饪器具内当前与烹饪相关的储液箱状态的特征信息。储液箱的状态信息可包括储液箱的放置状态信息(如是否放置有储液箱)、储液量信息、液体的放置状态信息(如 是否放置有液体)和/或液体温度信息等。The state information of the liquid storage tank specifically represents the characteristic information of the current state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance related to cooking. The state information of the liquid storage tank may include information on the placement state of the liquid storage tank (such as whether there is a liquid storage tank), information on the amount of liquid stored, information on the placement state of the liquid (such as whether there is liquid placed), and/or liquid temperature information.
不同的第一光探测信号和不同的第二光探测信号对应不同的储液箱的状态信息。基于第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块的检测原理,安装位置等可预先建立第一光探测信号、第二光探测信号与储液箱的状态信息之间的对应关系。其中,对应关系可以有计算关系、映射关系等形式。基于该对应关系可确定当前第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号所对应的储液箱的状态信息。具体的,在对应关系中,不同的储液箱的设定状态信息对应有不同的设定信号特征,若第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号与设定信号特征匹配,可确定设定特征信息对应的储液箱的设定状态信息为烹饪器具当前的储液箱的状态信息。Different first light detection signals and different second light detection signals correspond to different state information of the liquid storage tank. Based on the detection principle of the first light detection module and the second light detection module, the installation location and the like can pre-establish the corresponding relationship between the first light detection signal, the second light detection signal and the state information of the liquid storage tank. Wherein, the corresponding relationship may have forms such as calculation relationship and mapping relationship. Based on the corresponding relationship, the current state information of the liquid storage tank corresponding to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal can be determined. Specifically, in the corresponding relationship, the setting state information of different liquid storage tanks corresponds to different setting signal characteristics. If the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the setting signal characteristics, the setting can be determined. The setting state information of the liquid storage tank corresponding to the characteristic information is the current state information of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance.
例如,若储液箱放置有液体和未放置有液体时会在第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块中产生不同的信号,则可获取第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块在储液箱放置有液体(可以是相同的量或不同的量)和未放置有液体时分别对应的信号作为第一样本,基于第一样本分析得到储液箱的放置有液体时和未放置有液体时分别对应的第一特征信号和第二特征信号,储液箱放置有液体时的第一状态与第一特征信号关联,储液箱未放置有液体时的第二状态与第二特征信号关联,形成第一对应关系。基于第一对应关系,在第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号均与第一特征信号匹配时,可确定储液箱的状态信息为储液箱放置有液体,在第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号均与第二特征信号匹配时,可确定储液箱的状态信息为储液箱未放置有液体。For example, if different signals are generated in the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module when liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank and when no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank, then the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module can be obtained The signals corresponding to when the liquid tank is placed with liquid (can be the same amount or different amounts) and when no liquid is placed are used as the first sample, and based on the analysis of the first sample, the liquid storage tank is placed with and without liquid. The first characteristic signal and the second characteristic signal correspond respectively when there is liquid, the first state when the liquid storage tank is placed is associated with the first characteristic signal, and the second state when the liquid storage tank is not placed with liquid is associated with the second characteristic signal The signals are associated to form a first corresponding relationship. Based on the first correspondence, when both the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the first characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is liquid in the liquid storage tank, and the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the first characteristic signal. When both the second light detection signals match the second characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank.
又如,在储液箱放置有液体的基础上,若储液箱放置有不同量的液体会在第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块中形成的不同的光探测信号,则可获取储液箱放置有不同量的不同液体时第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块分别对应的信号作为第二样本,基于第二样本分析得到储液箱放置有不同量的液体时分别对应的第三特征信号。将不同的第三特征信号与其对应的储液箱的液体量进行关联形成第二对应关系。基于此,在存在与第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号匹配的第三特征信号时,则可将匹配的第三特征信号所关联的储液箱的液体量确定为烹饪器具中储液箱当前的信息。As another example, on the basis that liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank, if different amounts of liquid are placed in the liquid storage tank, different light detection signals will be formed in the first light detection module and the second light detection module, then the storage can be obtained. When different amounts of different liquids are placed in the liquid tank, the signals corresponding to the first light detection module and the second light detection module are used as the second sample, and based on the analysis of the second sample, the respective corresponding first and second signals when the liquid storage tank is placed with different amounts of liquid Three characteristic signals. The second corresponding relationship is formed by associating the different third characteristic signals with the corresponding liquid volumes of the liquid storage tanks. Based on this, when there is a third characteristic signal that matches the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal, the liquid volume of the liquid storage tank associated with the matching third characteristic signal can be determined as the liquid stored in the cooking appliance. Box current information.
又或者是,在烹饪器具中储液箱放到指定位置和未放到指定位置会在第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块中形成不同的光探测信号,则可获取多次储液箱放到指定位置和未放到指定位置时和未放置时第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块分别对应的信号作为第三样本,基于第三样本分析得到储液箱放到指定位置和未放到指定位置时分别对应的第四特征信号和第五特征信号,储液箱放到指定位置与第四特征信号关联,储液箱未放到指定位置与第五特征信号关联形成第三对应关系。基于此,在第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号与第四特征信号匹配时,则可确定储液箱的状态信息为储液箱放到烹饪器具中的指定位置,在第一光探测信号和第二光探测信号与第五特征信号匹配时,则可确定储液箱的状态信息为储液箱未放到烹饪器具中的指定位置。Or, if the liquid storage tank is placed in the designated position and not placed in the designated position in the cooking appliance, different light detection signals will be formed in the first photodetection module and the second photodetection module, and the liquid storage tank can be obtained multiple times. The signals corresponding to the first light detection module and the second light detection module respectively when placed at the specified position and when not placed at the specified position and when not placed are used as the third sample. Based on the analysis of the third sample, it is obtained The fourth characteristic signal and the fifth characteristic signal respectively correspond to when placed in the designated position, the liquid storage tank is placed in the designated position and is associated with the fourth characteristic signal, and the liquid storage tank is not placed in the designated position and is associated with the fifth characteristic signal to form a third correspondence relation. Based on this, when the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal match the fourth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is the designated position of the liquid storage tank in the cooking utensil. When the signal and the second light detection signal match the fifth characteristic signal, it can be determined that the state information of the liquid storage tank is that the liquid storage tank is not placed in the designated position of the cooking appliance.
本申请实施例提出的一种烹饪器具的运行控制方法,烹饪器具的储液箱的储液腔和储液腔的外部区域分别对应设置有第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,该方法结合第一光探测模块检测的第一光探测信号和第二光探测模块检测的第二光探测信号确定储液箱的状态信息,从而通过光探测信号实现对烹饪器具中储液箱状态的有效检测,以满足用户的烹饪需求。In an operation control method of a cooking appliance proposed in the embodiment of the present application, the liquid storage cavity of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance and the outer area of the liquid storage cavity are respectively provided with a first light detection module and a second light detection module. Combining the first photodetection signal detected by the first photodetection module and the second photodetection signal detected by the second photodetection module to determine the state information of the liquid storage tank, so as to realize effective monitoring of the state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance through the photodetection signal detection to meet the cooking needs of users.
进一步的,基于上述实施例,提出本申请烹饪器具的运行控制方法另一实施例。在本实施例中,所述壳体包括位于所述储液腔的第一透光部,所述第一光探测模块对应所述第一透光部设置,所述第一透光部为全反射结构,所述目标区域设有反射结构。这里全反射结构具体为对入射的光信号具有全反射效果的筋条,光探测模块的发射信号入射到全反射结构内后可在全反射结构内发生全反射,全反射形成的反射信号可反射到光探测模块。在本实施例中,全反射结构包括第一表面、第二表面和第三表面,所述第一表面设于所述壳体的外表面,所述第二表面和所述第三表面相交、且位于所述储液腔内。在其他实施例中,全反射结构还可具有其他结构,只需可实现全反射即可。目标区域可以设有可透光的反射结构、也可设有不透光的反射结构。基于此,参照图16,步骤S120包括:Further, based on the above embodiments, another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance of the present application is proposed. In this embodiment, the housing includes a first light-transmitting part located in the liquid storage chamber, the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the first light-transmitting part, and the first light-transmitting part is a full A reflective structure, the target area is provided with a reflective structure. Here, the total reflection structure is specifically a rib that has a total reflection effect on the incident optical signal. After the transmission signal of the light detection module is incident into the total reflection structure, total reflection can occur in the total reflection structure, and the reflection signal formed by the total reflection can reflect to the light detection module. In this embodiment, the total reflection structure includes a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is provided on the outer surface of the housing, the second surface intersects the third surface, and located in the liquid storage chamber. In other embodiments, the total reflection structure may also have other structures, as long as the total reflection can be realized. The target area may be provided with a light-transmitting reflective structure, or may be provided with a light-impermeable reflective structure. Based on this, with reference to FIG. 16, step S120 includes:
步骤S121,识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号,获得第一识别结果;Step S121, identifying whether the first light detection signal has a first characteristic signal, and obtaining a first identification result;
具体的,可基于第一光探测信号的信号强度大小识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号,也可基于第一光探测信号的信号特征参数(例如频率、接收时间段)与第一特征信号对应的预设信号特征进行比对后得到的结果识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号。Specifically, it can be identified based on the signal strength of the first optical detection signal whether there is a first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal, or based on the signal characteristic parameters (such as frequency and receiving time period) of the first optical detection signal and The result obtained after comparing the preset signal features corresponding to the first characteristic signal identifies whether the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal.
第一识别结果包括第一光探测信号存在第一特征信号或第一光探测信号不存在第一特征信号。The first identification result includes the existence of the first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal or the absence of the first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal.
步骤S122,识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号,获得第二识别结果;Step S122, identifying whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal, and obtaining a second identification result;
具体的,可基于第二光探测信号的信号强度大小识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号,也可基于第二光探测信号的信号特征参数(例如频率、接收时间段)与第二特征信号对应的预设信号特征进行比对后得到的结果识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号。Specifically, it can be identified based on the signal strength of the second optical detection signal whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal, or based on the signal characteristic parameters (such as frequency, receiving time period) and The result obtained after comparing the preset signal features corresponding to the second characteristic signal identifies whether the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal.
第二识别结果包括第二光探测信号存在第二特征信号或第二光探测信号不存在第二特征信号。The second identification result includes the existence of the second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal or the absence of the second characteristic signal in the second optical detection signal.
步骤S123,根据所述第一识别结果和所述第二识别结果确定所述储液箱的状态信息;Step S123, determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first identification result and the second identification result;
其中,所述第一特征信号为所述第一光探测模块的发射信号在所述第一透光部形成的第一反射信号,所述第二特征信号为所述第二光探测模块的发射信号在所述目标区域形成的第二反射信号。Wherein, the first characteristic signal is the first reflection signal formed by the emission signal of the first photodetection module in the first light-transmitting part, and the second characteristic signal is the emission signal of the second photodetection module. The signal forms a second reflected signal in the target area.
在本实施例中,所述第一反射信号的强度大于第一预设强度阈值,所述第二反射信号的强度大于第二预设强度阈值。第一预设强度阈值和第二预设强度阈值的具体大小可根据实际情况进行设置。在本实施例中,第一预设强度阈值大于或等于第一光探测模块发射的第一发射信号的信号强度的50%,和第二预设强度阈值大于或等于第二光探测模块发射的第二发射信号的信号强度的50%。由于光探测模块发出的发射信号除了可在储料箱上反射以外,还可在烹饪器具的其他部件上形成反射信号,因此将基于对强度足够大的反射信号进行识别作为确定储液箱状态信息的依据,可确保所确定的储液箱状态信息的准确性。In this embodiment, the intensity of the first reflected signal is greater than a first preset intensity threshold, and the intensity of the second reflected signal is greater than a second preset intensity threshold. Specific sizes of the first preset intensity threshold and the second preset intensity threshold can be set according to actual conditions. In this embodiment, the first preset intensity threshold is greater than or equal to 50% of the signal intensity of the first transmission signal emitted by the first light detection module, and the second preset intensity threshold is greater than or equal to the signal intensity of the second light detection module. 50% of the signal strength of the second transmitted signal. Since the emission signal emitted by the light detection module can not only reflect on the storage tank, but also form reflection signals on other parts of the cooking utensil, so the identification of the reflection signal with sufficient intensity will be used as the determination of the status information of the storage tank. The basis can ensure the accuracy of the determined state information of the liquid storage tank.
储液箱的状态不同则对第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块发出的光信号在储液箱的反射结构上发生全发射的影响不同。基于此,不同的第一识别结果和不同的第二识别结果对应不同的储液箱的状态信息。例如,储液箱放置在烹饪器具上时,第一光探测模块对应的全反射结构可对第一光探测模块的发射信号进行全反射形成第一反射信号,第二光探测模块对应的反射结构可对第二光探测模块的发射信号进行反射形成第二反射信号;储液箱未放置在烹饪器具上时,第一光探测模块对应的全反射结构无法对第一光探测模块的发射信号进行全反射,第二光探测模块对应的反射结构无法对第二光探测模块的发射信号进行反射。基于此,可预先设置第一识别结果、第二识别结果与储料箱状态信息之间的对应关系,基于该对应关系可通过当前第一识别结果和第二识别结果确定储料箱当前的状态信息。Different states of the liquid storage tank have different effects on the total emission of the light signals sent by the first light detection module and the second light detection module on the reflective structure of the liquid storage tank. Based on this, different first identification results and different second identification results correspond to different state information of the liquid storage tank. For example, when the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance, the total reflection structure corresponding to the first photodetection module can totally reflect the emission signal of the first photodetection module to form the first reflection signal, and the reflection structure corresponding to the second photodetection module The emission signal of the second photodetection module can be reflected to form a second reflection signal; when the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking utensil, the total reflection structure corresponding to the first photodetection module cannot detect the emission signal of the first photodetection module. For total reflection, the reflective structure corresponding to the second photodetection module cannot reflect the emission signal of the second photodetection module. Based on this, the corresponding relationship between the first recognition result, the second recognition result and the state information of the material storage box can be preset, and based on the corresponding relationship, the current state of the material storage box can be determined through the current first recognition result and the second recognition result information.
具体的,在本实施例中,所述储液箱的状态信息包括所述储液箱的放置状态信息和所述储液箱的储液状态信息,根据所述第一识别结果和所述第二识别结果确定所述储液箱的状态信息的步骤包括:根据所述第二识别结果确定所述放置状态信息;根据所述第一识别结果确定所述储液状态信息。这里的放置状态信息包括所述储液箱是否放置于所述烹饪器具上的信息。储液状态信息包括液体放置状态信息(液体是否放置于储液箱内)和/或液体量信息(储液箱内的液体量有多少)。Specifically, in this embodiment, the state information of the liquid storage tank includes the placement state information of the liquid storage tank and the liquid storage state information of the liquid storage tank, and according to the first identification result and the second The step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the second recognition result includes: determining the placement state information according to the second recognition result; and determining the liquid storage state information according to the first recognition result. The placement state information here includes information about whether the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance. The liquid storage state information includes liquid placement state information (whether the liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank) and/or liquid volume information (how much liquid is in the liquid storage tank).
由于第一光探测模块对应储液腔设置,第二光探测模块对应储液腔的外部设置,这里基于储液腔外部对应的第二识别结果识别储液箱的放置状态信息可确保储液箱的储液状态不会影响到储料箱放置状态的准确性,而基于储液腔对应的第一识别结果识别储液状态,可快速、准确地识别出储料箱的储液状态。进一步的,为了提高储液状态信息识别的准确性和储料箱状态信息输出效率,可在根据第二识别结果确定放置状态信息为储液箱放置于烹饪器具上时才执行根据第一识别结果确定储液状态信息的步骤,若根据第二识别结果确定放置状态信息为储液箱未放置于烹饪器具上,可直接输出储液状态信息为烹饪器具未放置有液体。此外,在其他实施例中,也可根据第一识别结果和第二识别结果同时确定储液箱的放置状态信息,根据第一识别结果和第二识别结果同时确定储液状态信息。Since the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage cavity, and the second light detection module is set corresponding to the outside of the liquid storage cavity, here, identifying the placement state information of the liquid storage tank based on the second recognition result corresponding to the outside of the liquid storage cavity can ensure that the liquid storage tank The liquid storage state of the storage tank will not affect the accuracy of the placement state of the storage tank, but the liquid storage state can be quickly and accurately identified based on the first recognition result corresponding to the liquid storage cavity. Further, in order to improve the accuracy of identification of the liquid storage state information and the output efficiency of the storage tank state information, the first recognition result can be executed only when the placement state information is determined to be that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance according to the second recognition result. In the step of determining the liquid storage state information, if the placement state information is determined to be that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking utensil according to the second identification result, the liquid storage state information may be directly output as the cooking utensil is not placed with liquid. In addition, in other embodiments, the placement state information of the liquid storage tank may also be determined simultaneously according to the first recognition result and the second recognition result, and the liquid storage state information may be determined simultaneously according to the first recognition result and the second recognition result.
在本实施例中,基于第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块是否储液箱对应区域生成的反射信号是否存在识别,可保证基于识别结果可准确地获取到储液箱的当前状态。In this embodiment, based on whether the reflection signal generated by the corresponding area of the liquid storage tank is recognized by the first light detection module and the second light detection module, it can be ensured that the current state of the liquid storage tank can be accurately obtained based on the recognition result.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述壳体内设有隔板,所述隔板将所述壳体内分隔成所述储液腔和空腔,所述储液腔与所述空腔隔离设置,所述壳体还包括对应所述空腔设置的第二透光部,所述目标区域内的反射结构包括所述第二透光部,所述第二透光部为全反射结构。储液腔与空腔隔离,则储液腔内装载有液体时,液体不会漏到空腔内,空腔内为空气。在本实施例中,空腔位于储液箱的底部,在其他实施例中,空腔也可位于储液箱的中部或上部等。具体的,壳体包括第一子壳体和第二子壳体,第一子壳体与隔板围合形成储液腔,第二子壳体与隔板围合形成空腔,第二子壳体以及空腔所在占据的空间范围可作为这里的目标区域,第二透光部为第二子壳体的一部分。在其他实施例中,储液箱也可不设置空腔,目标区域为储液腔外部的实心结构,如储液箱的底板等。这里的全发射结构的第二透光部与上述全反射结构的第一透光部的具体结构相同,在此不作赘述。基于此,所述根据所述第二识别结果确定所述放置状态信息的步骤包括:Further, in this embodiment, a partition is provided inside the housing, and the partition divides the housing into the liquid storage chamber and the cavity, and the liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity The housing further includes a second light-transmitting portion disposed corresponding to the cavity, the reflective structure in the target area includes the second light-transmitting portion, and the second light-transmitting portion is a total reflection structure. The liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity, so when the liquid storage chamber is loaded with liquid, the liquid will not leak into the cavity, and the cavity is filled with air. In this embodiment, the cavity is located at the bottom of the liquid storage tank. In other embodiments, the cavity may also be located at the middle or upper part of the liquid storage tank. Specifically, the housing includes a first sub-housing and a second sub-housing, the first sub-housing is surrounded by a partition to form a liquid storage chamber, the second sub-housing is surrounded by a partition to form a cavity, and the second sub-housing is surrounded by a partition to form a cavity. The space occupied by the housing and the cavity can be used as the target area here, and the second light-transmitting part is a part of the second sub-housing. In other embodiments, the liquid storage tank may not be provided with a cavity, and the target area is a solid structure outside the liquid storage chamber, such as the bottom plate of the liquid storage tank. Here, the specific structure of the second light-transmitting portion of the total emission structure is the same as that of the first light-transmitting portion of the above-mentioned total reflection structure, which will not be repeated here. Based on this, the step of determining the placement status information according to the second identification result includes:
当所述第二识别结果为所述第二光探测信号存在所述第二特征信号时,确定所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱放置于所述烹饪器具;When the second identification result is that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal, determining the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance;
当所述第二识别结果为所述第二光探测信号不存在所述第二特征信号时,确定所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱未放置于所述烹饪器具。When the second identification result is that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal, it is determined that the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance.
在本实施例中,第二透光部为全发射结构,在第二透光部与第二光探测模块对位时,第二光探测模块发射的光信号可在全反射结构的作用下反射回第二光探测模块形成第二反射信号;在第二子透光部与第二光探测模块错位或相互远离时,第二光探测模块发射的光信号由于不存在全反射结构的全反射作用无法回到第二光探测模块形成第二反射信号。基于此,在存在第二特征信号时确定储液箱放置于烹饪器具上,在不存在第二特征信号时确定储液箱未放置于烹饪器具上,从而实现基于第二光探测模块与目标区域设置全反射结构的配合对储液箱放置状态的精准识别。In this embodiment, the second light-transmitting part is a total emission structure, and when the second light-transmitting part is aligned with the second photodetection module, the light signal emitted by the second photodetection module can be reflected under the action of the total reflection structure Back to the second photodetection module to form the second reflection signal; when the second sub-light-transmitting part and the second photodetection module are dislocated or far away from each other, the light signal emitted by the second photodetection module is due to the total reflection of the total reflection structure It cannot return to the second photodetection module to form the second reflection signal. Based on this, it is determined that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking utensil when there is a second characteristic signal, and it is determined that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking utensil when there is no second characteristic signal. The cooperation of the total reflection structure is set to accurately identify the placement state of the liquid storage tank.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述储液腔有用于放置透光液体,例如水、雪碧等透光率大于或等于设定阈值的液体。所述储液状态信息包括所述液体放置状态信息,液体放置状态信息包括储液箱是否放置有液体的信息。基于此,所述根据所述第一识别结果确定所述储液状态信息的步骤包括:Further, in this embodiment, the liquid storage chamber is used for placing light-transmitting liquids, such as water, Sprite, and other liquids whose light transmittance is greater than or equal to a set threshold. The liquid storage state information includes the liquid storage state information, and the liquid storage state information includes information about whether liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank. Based on this, the step of determining the liquid storage state information according to the first identification result includes:
当所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱放置于所述烹饪器具时,若所述第一识别结果为所述第一光探测信号存在所述第一特征信号,则确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱未放置液体;When the placement status information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance, if the first identification result is that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal, then determine the placement status of the liquid The information is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank;
若所述第一识别结果为所述第一光探测信号不存在所述第一特征信号,则确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱已放置液体。If the first identification result is that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal, then it is determined that the liquid placement status information is that the liquid storage tank has placed liquid.
在本实施例中,基于储液箱的放置状态信息确认第二透光部与第二光探测模块对位的基础上,若第一透光部对应的储液腔内存在水等透光液体,第一光探测模块发射的光信号入射到为全反射结构的第一透光部后,光线从光疏介质的第一透光部内部透射到作为光密介质的水等透光液体中,由于水等透光液体可透光,光信号无法回到第一光探测模块,则无法在第一光探测模块上形成第一光探测信号;若第一透光部对位的储液腔内不存在水等透光液体,第一光探测模块发射的光信号入射到第一透光部后,光信号从光密介质的第一透光部内部照射到作为光疏介质的空气中,光信号发生全反射回到第一光探测模块中形成第一反射信号。基于此,在存在第一特征信号时确定储液箱未放置有液体,在不存在第一特征信号时确定储液箱放置有液体,从而实现基于第一光探测模块与为全反射结构的第一透光部配合对液体放置状态的精准识别。In this embodiment, after confirming the alignment between the second light-transmitting part and the second photodetection module based on the placement state information of the liquid storage tank, if there is water or other light-transmitting liquid in the liquid storage chamber corresponding to the first light-transmitting part After the optical signal emitted by the first light detection module is incident on the first light-transmitting part of the total reflection structure, the light is transmitted from the inside of the first light-transmitting part of the optically thinner medium into the light-transmitting liquid such as water as the optically denser medium, Since light-transmitting liquids such as water can transmit light, the light signal cannot return to the first light detection module, and the first light detection signal cannot be formed on the first light detection module; There is no light-transmitting liquid such as water. After the optical signal emitted by the first photodetection module is incident on the first light-transmitting part, the light signal is irradiated from the inside of the first light-transmitting part of the optically dense medium into the air as the optically sparse medium. The signal is totally reflected back to the first light detection module to form a first reflected signal. Based on this, it is determined that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank when the first characteristic signal exists, and it is determined that there is liquid in the liquid storage tank when the first characteristic signal does not exist, thereby realizing the first photodetection module based on the first light detection module and the first total reflection structure. A light-transmitting part cooperates with the precise identification of the state of the liquid.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述第一光探测模块的数量为多个,所述第一透光部的数量为多个,所述第一光探测模块与所述第一透光部一一对应设置。具体的,多个所述第一光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置。所述第一识别结果包括每个所述第一光探测模块对应的子识别结果。每个子识别结果均可用于确定上述的液体放置状态信息。所述储液状态信息还包括储液量信息,储液量信息具体为表征储液箱中放置液体多少的信息。所述确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱已放置液体的步骤之后,还包括:根据多个所述子识别结果和每个所述第一光探测模块对应的设定存放量确定所述储液量信息。Further, in this embodiment, the number of the first light detection module is multiple, the number of the first light transmission part is multiple, the first light detection module and the first light transmission part One-to-one correspondence settings. Specifically, a plurality of the first light detection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction. The first recognition result includes sub-recognition results corresponding to each of the first light detection modules. Each sub-recognition result can be used to determine the above-mentioned liquid placement status information. The liquid storage state information also includes liquid storage information, and the liquid storage information is specifically information representing how much liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank. After the step of determining that the liquid storage state information is that the liquid has been placed in the liquid storage tank, it also includes: determining according to the plurality of sub-identification results and the set storage volume corresponding to each of the first light detection modules The liquid storage information.
其中,不同第一光探测模块对应关联有不同的设定存放量,设定存放量具体指的是预先设置的储液箱内液体达到与第一光探测模块所在高度时储液箱内所放置的液体量。Wherein, different first photodetection modules have different set storage volumes correspondingly. amount of liquid.
具体的,在多个子识别结果中,确定子识别结果为对应的第一光探测信号存在第一特征信号的结果为目标结果。获取目标结果对应的第一光探测信号预先关联的设定存放量为目标存放量,根据所获取的若干个目标存放量中数值最大的目标存放量确定这里的储液量信息。例如,可将数值最大的目标存放量直接作为储液量信息,也可将数值最大的目标存放量按照预设规则进行转换后得到这里的储液量信息。Specifically, among the multiple sub-recognition results, it is determined that the sub-recognition result that the corresponding first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal is the target result. The pre-associated set storage volume corresponding to the first light detection signal obtained from the target result is the target storage volume, and the liquid storage volume information here is determined according to the target storage volume with the largest value among the several acquired target storage volumes. For example, the target storage volume with the largest numerical value can be directly used as the liquid storage volume information, or the target storage volume with the largest numerical value can be converted according to preset rules to obtain the liquid storage volume information here.
在本实施例中,在确定储液箱内有水的基础上,进一步基于多于一个第一光探测装置分别对应的子识别结果确定储液箱中的储液量,从而实现对储液箱内所存放的液体量实现有效检测,以进一步确保烹饪需求的满足。In this embodiment, on the basis of determining that there is water in the liquid storage tank, the amount of liquid stored in the liquid storage tank is further determined based on the sub-recognition results corresponding to more than one first light detection devices, so as to realize the detection of water in the liquid storage tank. The amount of liquid stored in it can be effectively detected to further ensure that the cooking needs are met.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述第一光探测信号为根据所述第一光探测模块的第一发射信号及其对应的第一反射信号生成的信号。例如,第一光探测信号为第一发射信号的信号强度与第一反射信号的信号强度的比值,其中,在不存在第一反射信号时其信号强度为0或接近于0。储液箱的状态不同,则第一发射信号对应的反馈信号不同(存在第一反射信号或不存在第一反射信号),则反馈信号不同,则在第一光探测模块形成的第一光探测信号的大小不同,基于此,可根据确定所述第一光探测信号与其对应的第一设定信号阈值之间的第一大小关系,根据所述第一大小关系确定第一光探测信号中是否存在第一特征信号。具体的,步骤S121包括:Further, in this embodiment, the first light detection signal is a signal generated according to the first emission signal of the first light detection module and its corresponding first reflection signal. For example, the first light detection signal is the ratio of the signal strength of the first transmitted signal to the signal strength of the first reflected signal, wherein the signal strength is 0 or close to 0 when there is no first reflected signal. If the state of the liquid storage tank is different, the feedback signal corresponding to the first emission signal is different (there is a first reflection signal or there is no first reflection signal), the feedback signal is different, and the first light detection formed by the first light detection module The magnitudes of the signals are different. Based on this, it can be determined according to the first magnitude relationship between the first light detection signal and its corresponding first set signal threshold, and whether the first light detection signal is A first characteristic signal is present. Specifically, step S121 includes:
步骤S211,比较所述第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值的大小;Step S211, comparing the magnitude of the first light detection signal with the first set signal threshold;
第一设定信号阈值为预先设置的用以区分烹饪器具中储液箱的不同状态(如储液箱已放置于烹饪器具的状态或储液箱未放置于烹饪器具的状态,储液箱中有水或无水的状态,储液箱中不同水量等)所对应的第一光探测模块所检测的光探测信号的临界值。第一设定信号阈值可随储液箱的第一透光部的光特性和/或第一光探测模块的信号检测原理的不同而不同。The first set signal threshold is preset to distinguish different states of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance (such as the state that the liquid storage tank has been placed on the cooking appliance or the state that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance, the liquid storage tank The critical value of the light detection signal detected by the first light detection module corresponding to the state of water presence or absence of water, different water volumes in the liquid storage tank, etc. The first set signal threshold may vary depending on the light characteristics of the first light-transmitting portion of the liquid storage tank and/or the signal detection principle of the first light detection module.
步骤S212,若所述第一光探测信号大于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述第一光探测信号不存在所述第一特征信号;Step S212, if the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, then determine that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal;
步骤S213,若所述第一光探测信号小于或等于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述第一光探测信号存在所述第一特征信号;Step S213, if the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, then determine that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal;
在本实施例中,当第一光探测模块接收不到其发射的第一发射信号在储液箱上形成的第一反射信号时,第一光探测信号为无穷大;当第一光探测模块接收到其发射的第一发射信号在储液箱上形成的第一反射信号时,第一光探测信号为0或接近于0。In this embodiment, when the first light detection module cannot receive the first reflection signal formed on the liquid storage tank by the first transmission signal emitted by the first light detection module, the first light detection signal is infinite; when the first light detection module receives When the first emission signal emitted by it forms a first reflection signal on the liquid storage tank, the first light detection signal is 0 or close to 0.
基于此,例如,将储液箱对应的第一光探测信号定义为X1,第一设定信号阈值为A,则X1﹥A可认为第一光探测信号中不存在第一特征信号,X1≤A时可认为第一光探测信号中存在第一特征信号。Based on this, for example, if the first optical detection signal corresponding to the liquid storage tank is defined as X1, and the first set signal threshold is A, then X1>A can be considered that there is no first characteristic signal in the first optical detection signal, and X1≤ In case A, it may be considered that the first characteristic signal exists in the first light detection signal.
在本实施例中,基于第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值之间的大小关系对第一光探测模块检测的信号中是否存在第一特征信号实现准确表征,从而基于第一识别结果可准确识别到储液箱的状态信息。In this embodiment, based on the size relationship between the first light detection signal and the first set signal threshold, it is possible to accurately characterize whether there is a first characteristic signal in the signal detected by the first light detection module, so that based on the first identification result The status information of the liquid storage tank can be accurately identified.
此外,在本实施例中,所述第二光探测信号为根据所述第二光探测模块的第二发射信号及其对应的第二反射信号生成的信号。例如,第二光探测信号为第二发射信号的信号强度与第二反射信号的信号强度的比值,其中,在不存在第二反射信号时其信号强度为0或接近于0。储液箱的状态不同,则第二发射信号对应的反馈信号不同(存在第二反射信号或不存在第二反射信号),则反馈信号不同,则在第二光探测模块形成的第二光探测信号的大小不同,基于此,可根据确定所述第二光探测信号与其对应的第二设定信号阈值之间的第二大小关系,根据所述第二大小关系确定第二光探测信号中是否存在第二特征信号。具体的,步骤S122包括:In addition, in this embodiment, the second light detection signal is a signal generated according to the second emission signal of the second light detection module and its corresponding second reflection signal. For example, the second light detection signal is the ratio of the signal strength of the second transmitted signal to the signal strength of the second reflected signal, wherein the signal strength is 0 or close to 0 when there is no second reflected signal. If the state of the liquid storage tank is different, the feedback signal corresponding to the second emission signal is different (there is a second reflection signal or there is no second reflection signal), the feedback signal is different, and the second light detection formed by the second light detection module The magnitudes of the signals are different. Based on this, it can be determined according to the second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and its corresponding second set signal threshold, and whether the second light detection signal is There is a second characteristic signal. Specifically, step S122 includes:
步骤S221,比较所述第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值的大小;Step S221, comparing the magnitude of the second photodetection signal with a second set signal threshold;
第二设定信号阈值为预先设置的用以区分烹饪器具中储液箱的不同状态(如储液箱已放置于烹饪器具的状态或储液箱未放置于烹饪器具的状态,储液箱中有水或无水的状态,储液箱中不同水量等)所对应的第二光探测模块所检测的光探测信号的临界值。第二设定信号阈值可随储液箱的第二透光部的光特性和/或第二光探测模块的信号检测原理的不同而不同。第一设定信号阈值与第二设定信号阈值可相同或不同。The second set signal threshold is preset to distinguish different states of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance (such as the state that the liquid storage tank has been placed on the cooking appliance or the state that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance, the liquid storage tank The critical value of the light detection signal detected by the second light detection module corresponding to the state of water presence or absence of water, different water volumes in the liquid storage tank, etc. The second set signal threshold may be different depending on the light characteristics of the second light-transmitting portion of the liquid storage tank and/or the signal detection principle of the second light detection module. The first set signal threshold and the second set signal threshold may be the same or different.
步骤S222,若所述第二光探测信号大于所述第二设定信号阈值,则确定所述第二光探测信号不存在所述第二特征信号;Step S222, if the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, then determine that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal;
步骤S223,若所述第二光探测信号小于或等于所述第二设定信号阈值,则确定所述第二光探测信号存在所述第二特征信号;Step S223, if the second light detection signal is less than or equal to the second set signal threshold, then determine that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal;
在本实施例中,当第二光探测模块接收不到其发射的第二发射信号在储液箱上形成的第二反射信号时,第二光探测信号为无穷大;当第二光探测模块接收到其发射的第二发射信号在储液箱上形成的第二反射信号时,第二光探测信号为0或接近于0。In this embodiment, when the second light detection module cannot receive the second reflection signal formed on the liquid storage tank by the second transmission signal emitted by the second light detection module, the second light detection signal is infinite; when the second light detection module receives When the emitted second emission signal forms a second reflection signal on the liquid storage tank, the second light detection signal is 0 or close to 0.
基于此,例如,将储液箱对应的第二光探测信号定义为Y1,第二设定信号阈值为B,则Y1﹥B可认为第二光探测信号中不存在第二特征信号,Y1≤B时可认为第二光探测信号中存在第二特征信号。Based on this, for example, if the second light detection signal corresponding to the liquid storage tank is defined as Y1, and the second set signal threshold is B, then Y1>B can be considered that there is no second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal, and Y1≤ In case B, it may be considered that the second characteristic signal exists in the second light detection signal.
在本实施例中,基于第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的大小关系对第二光探测模块检测的信号中是否存在第二特征信号实现准确表征,从而基于第二识别结果可准确识别到储液箱的状态信息。In this embodiment, based on the size relationship between the second light detection signal and the second set signal threshold, it is possible to accurately characterize whether there is a second characteristic signal in the signal detected by the second light detection module, so that based on the second recognition result The status information of the liquid storage tank can be accurately identified.
需要说明的是,本实施例中,第一光探测信号、第二光探测信号、第一设定信号阈值和第二设定信号阈值均为将光探测模块检测到的模拟量电压转换成的数字量的值。这里通过预设值的设置,有利于准确识别烹饪电器中储液箱不同的状态信息,It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the first light detection signal, the second light detection signal, the first set signal threshold and the second set signal threshold are all converted from the analog voltage detected by the light detection module. The value of the numeric quantity. Here, the setting of the preset value is beneficial to accurately identify the different state information of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance,
在本实施例中,基于第一光探测信号和/或第二光探测信号与对应的设定信号阈值之间的大小关系对光探测信号中是否存在储液箱形成的反射信号进行准确识别,从而保证基于第一识别结果和/或第二识别结果可对烹饪器具中储液箱的状态进行准确表征。In this embodiment, based on the size relationship between the first light detection signal and/or the second light detection signal and the corresponding set signal threshold, it is accurately identified whether there is a reflection signal formed by the liquid storage tank in the light detection signal, It is thus ensured that the state of the liquid storage tank in the cooking appliance can be accurately characterized based on the first identification result and/or the second identification result.
进一步的,基于上述任一实施例,本申请还提出烹饪器具的运行控制方法的又一实施例,在本实施例中,参照图17,所述步骤S120之后,还包括:Further, based on any of the above-mentioned embodiments, the present application also proposes another embodiment of the operation control method of the cooking appliance. In this embodiment, referring to FIG. 17 , after the step S120, it further includes:
步骤S130,判断储液箱的状态信息是否满足设定烹饪条件;Step S130, judging whether the status information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking conditions;
若所述储液箱的状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,则执行步骤S140;若所述状态信息不满足设定烹饪条件,则执行步骤S150。If the state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition, execute step S140; if the state information does not meet the set cooking condition, execute step S150.
设定烹饪条件具体指的是烹饪器具以烹饪出满足用户需求的食物为目的,所需求储液箱情况达到的标准。设定烹饪条件具体可包括烹饪所需的液体量、储液箱的放置位置要求和/或烹饪所需的液体温度等。The setting of the cooking condition specifically refers to the standard that the cooking appliance meets the required condition of the liquid storage tank for the purpose of cooking food that meets the needs of the user. The setting of the cooking conditions may specifically include the amount of liquid required for cooking, the location requirements of the liquid storage tank, and/or the temperature of the liquid required for cooking, and the like.
设定烹饪条件可为预先存在的系统默认条件,也可为基于用户输入的参数确定。The set cooking conditions may be pre-existing system default conditions, or may be determined based on user-input parameters.
设定烹饪条件可基于烹饪类型的不同而不同。例如,煮粥与煮饭可对应有不同的设定烹饪条件。具体的,可通过解析用户输入的指令,确定用户所需的烹饪类型后读取相应的预存烹饪条件作为这里的设定烹饪条件。Set cooking conditions can vary based on the type of cooking. For example, porridge cooking and rice cooking may correspond to different set cooking conditions. Specifically, by analyzing the instructions input by the user, the cooking type required by the user can be determined, and then the corresponding pre-stored cooking conditions can be read as the set cooking conditions here.
步骤S140,控制所述烹饪器具执行烹饪操作。Step S140, controlling the cooking appliance to perform a cooking operation.
步骤S150,控制所述烹饪器具停止执行烹饪操作并输出提示信息。Step S150, controlling the cooking appliance to stop performing the cooking operation and output prompt information.
储液箱的状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,可认为烹饪器具当前储液箱的状态可保证烹饪器具使用储液箱当前存放的液体烹饪出满足用户需求的食物,因此可执行烹饪操作(例如,将储液箱的存储的液体运输到烹饪腔或直接加热储液箱等);储液箱的状态信息不满足设定烹饪条件,可认为烹饪器具当前储液箱的状态无法保证烹饪器具使用储液箱当前存放的液体烹饪出满足用户需求的食物,因此禁止执行烹饪操作并输出提示信息提示用户,以使用户可及时调整烹饪器具的储液箱的状态。具体的,不同的储液箱的状态信息可对应不同的提示信息,以使用户可准确知晓当前期所需调整的内容。The state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking conditions. It can be considered that the current state of the liquid storage tank of the cooking utensil can ensure that the cooking utensil uses the liquid currently stored in the liquid storage tank to cook food that meets the user's needs, so cooking operations can be performed (for example, Transport the liquid stored in the liquid storage tank to the cooking cavity or directly heat the liquid storage tank, etc.); the state information of the liquid storage tank does not meet the set cooking conditions, and it can be considered that the current state of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance cannot guarantee the use of the cooking appliance. The liquid currently stored in the liquid tank cooks food that meets the needs of the user, so the cooking operation is prohibited and prompt information is output to prompt the user, so that the user can adjust the state of the liquid storage tank of the cooking appliance in time. Specifically, different state information of the liquid storage tank may correspond to different prompt information, so that the user can accurately know the content that needs to be adjusted in the current period.
其中,提示信息可具体包括以显示、声音、灯光等形式输出。例如,可控制烹饪器具的显示屏显示提示信息或将提示信息推送到用户的终端提示用户。Wherein, the prompt information may specifically include output in the form of display, sound, light, and the like. For example, the display screen of the cooking appliance can be controlled to display prompt information or push the prompt information to the user's terminal to prompt the user.
在本实施例中,在自动识别得到的储液箱的状态信息之后,对识别到的储液箱的状态信息是否满足烹饪需求进行判定,在确定储液箱的状态满足烹饪需求时才允许执行烹饪操作,从而确保后续储液箱的状态可满足烹饪要求,保证烹饪效果和烹饪器具的安全使用;在确定储液箱的状态不满足烹饪需求时禁止执行烹饪操作,从而有效避免烹饪效果无法满足用户需求或由于储液箱状态不佳导致的烹饪器具出现安全问题。In this embodiment, after the state information of the obtained liquid storage tank is automatically identified, it is determined whether the recognized state information of the liquid storage tank meets the cooking requirements, and the execution is allowed only when it is determined that the state of the liquid storage tank meets the cooking requirements. Cooking operation, so as to ensure that the state of the subsequent liquid storage tank can meet the cooking requirements, ensure the cooking effect and the safe use of cooking utensils; when it is determined that the state of the liquid storage tank does not meet the cooking requirements, the cooking operation is prohibited, so as to effectively avoid the unsatisfactory cooking effect User needs or safety issues with cooking appliances due to poor condition of the liquid reservoir.
进一步的,在本实施例中,所述储液箱的状态信息包括所述储液箱的放置状态信息和所述储液箱中的储液状态信息(如液体放置状态信息和/或液体量信息),基于此,步骤S130包括:Further, in this embodiment, the state information of the liquid storage tank includes the placement state information of the liquid storage tank and the liquid storage state information in the liquid storage tank (such as liquid placement state information and/or liquid volume information), based on this, step S130 includes:
步骤S131,判断所述储液箱的放置状态信息是否满足第一设定条件,且所述储液状态信息是否满足第二设定条件;Step S131, judging whether the storage state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies a first set condition, and whether the liquid storage state information satisfies a second set condition;
当所述储液箱的放置状态信息满足第一设定条件且所述储液状态信息满足第二设定条件时,执行步骤S132;当所述储液箱的放置状态信息不满足所述第一设定条件时,或,当所述储液状态信息不满足所述第二设定条件时,执行步骤S133。When the placement state information of the liquid storage tank meets the first set condition and the liquid storage state information meets the second set condition, perform step S132; when the placement state information of the liquid storage tank does not meet the first set condition When a condition is set, or, when the liquid storage state information does not satisfy the second set condition, step S133 is executed.
其中,所述第一设定条件为所述储液箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上,所述第二设定条件为储液箱内存在液体且所述储液箱中的液体量大于或等于烹饪所需的存放量。Wherein, the first setting condition is that the liquid storage tank has been placed on the cooking appliance, and the second setting condition is that there is liquid in the liquid storage tank and the amount of liquid in the liquid storage tank is greater than or Equal to the amount of storage needed for cooking.
步骤S132,确定所述储液箱的状态信息满足所述设定烹饪条件;Step S132, determining that the state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition;
步骤S133,确定所述储液箱的状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件;Step S133, determining that the state information of the liquid storage tank does not meet the set cooking conditions;
烹饪所需的存放量具体指的是可满足烹饪操作所得到的食物的量或形态可满足用户需求时储液箱所需放置的液体量。这里烹饪所需的存放量可基于用于选择的烹饪类型自动识别,也可直接获取与用户输入的参数得到,还可为默认存储的参数。The storage capacity required for cooking specifically refers to the amount of liquid that needs to be placed in the liquid storage tank when the amount or shape of the food obtained by the cooking operation can meet the needs of the user. Here, the storage capacity required for cooking may be automatically identified based on the cooking type used for selection, or may be obtained directly from parameters input by the user, or may be default stored parameters.
例如,用户需要煮粥时,烹饪所需的存放量可为400ml;用户需要煮饭时,烹饪所需的存放量可为330ml。基于此,则在储液箱放置于烹饪器具内、且其存放的液体量最少有400ml时,才会开始烹饪粥,否则不会执行煮粥的烹饪操作;在储液箱放置于烹饪器具内、且其存放的液体量最少有330ml时,才会开始煮饭,否则不会执行煮饭的烹饪操作。For example, when the user needs to cook porridge, the storage volume required for cooking can be 400ml; when the user needs to cook rice, the storage volume required for cooking can be 330ml. Based on this, cooking porridge will only start when the liquid storage tank is placed in the cooking utensil and the amount of liquid stored in it is at least 400ml, otherwise the porridge cooking operation will not be performed; when the liquid storage tank is placed in the cooking utensil , and the amount of liquid stored in it is at least 330ml, the cooking will start, otherwise the cooking operation of cooking will not be performed.
在本实施例中,通过上述方式,保证储液箱放置于烹饪器具内、并且储液箱中存放有满足烹饪需求的液体量才开始烹饪,从而保证烹饪器具可实现有效烹饪并且最终烹饪得到的食物的量、形态等均可满足用户的需求,以实现烹饪器具烹饪效果的进一步提高。In this embodiment, through the above-mentioned method, it is ensured that the liquid storage tank is placed in the cooking appliance, and the amount of liquid that meets the cooking requirements is stored in the liquid storage tank before starting cooking, so as to ensure that the cooking appliance can achieve effective cooking and finally cook the obtained The amount and shape of the food can meet the needs of the user, so as to further improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensil.
本申请实施例提出一种烹饪器具的控制装置,以用于对烹饪器具的烹饪过程进行控制。控制装置可内置于烹饪器具内,也可独立于烹饪器具设于其外部。An embodiment of the present application provides a control device for a cooking appliance, which is used to control a cooking process of the cooking appliance. The control device can be built into the cooking appliance, or it can be arranged on the outside of the cooking appliance independently.
在本申请实施例中,参照图18,控制器包括:处理器1001(例如CPU),存储器1002、数据接口1003等。存储器1002可以是高速RAM存储器,也可以是稳定的存储器(non-volatile memory),例如磁盘存储器。存储器1002可选的还可以是独立于前述处理器1001的存储装置。In the embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG. 18 , the controller includes: a processor 1001 (such as a CPU), a memory 1002, a data interface 1003, and the like. The memory 1002 can be a high-speed RAM memory, or a stable memory (non-volatile memory), such as a disk memory. Optionally, the memory 1002 may also be a storage device independent of the foregoing processor 1001 .
存储器1002和数据接口1003均与处理器1001连接。其中,处理器1001可通过数据接口1003接入第一光探测模块21、第二光探测模块22,以获取第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22分别对应的光探测信号。Both the memory 1002 and the data interface 1003 are connected to the processor 1001 . Wherein, the processor 1001 can be connected to the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 through the data interface 1003 to obtain light detection signals respectively corresponding to the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 .
本领域技术人员可以理解,图18中示出的装置结构并不构成对装置的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the device shown in FIG. 18 does not constitute a limitation to the device, and may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components.
如图18所示,作为一种计算机可读存储介质的存储器1002中可以包括烹饪器具的控制程序。在图18所示的装置中,处理器1001可以用于调用存储器1002中存储的烹饪器具的控制程序,并执行以上任一实施例中烹饪器具的运行控制方法的相关步骤操作。As shown in FIG. 18 , the memory 1002 as a computer-readable storage medium may include a control program of the cooking appliance. In the device shown in FIG. 18 , the processor 1001 can be used to call the control program of the cooking appliance stored in the memory 1002 and execute the relevant steps of the operation control method of the cooking appliance in any of the above embodiments.
进一步,本申请实施例还提出一种烹饪器具,可以是任意具有储料箱1装载烹饪物料的电器,例如电饭煲、咖啡机、料理机、破壁机等。Further, the embodiment of the present application also proposes a cooking appliance, which can be any electrical appliance with a storage box 1 for loading cooking materials, such as a rice cooker, a coffee machine, a cooking machine, a wall breaker, and the like.
在本申请实施例中,参照图19至图24,烹饪器具包括储液箱9、第一光探测模块21、第二光探测模块22以及上述的烹饪器具的控制装置。其中,所述储液箱9包括壳体,所述壳体内设有储液腔,所述第一光探测模块21对应所述储液腔设置,所述第二光探测模块22对应所述储液箱9的目标区域设置,所述目标区域为所述储液箱9上位于所述储液腔外部的区域,第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22均与所述控制装置连接。In the embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG. 19 to FIG. 24 , the cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank 9 , a first photodetection module 21 , a second photodetection module 22 and the above-mentioned control device for the cooking appliance. Wherein, the liquid storage tank 9 includes a housing, and a liquid storage chamber is arranged in the housing, the first optical detection module 21 is arranged corresponding to the liquid storage chamber, and the second optical detection module 22 is corresponding to the storage chamber. The target area of the liquid tank 9 is set, the target area is the area on the liquid storage tank 9 outside the liquid storage cavity, and the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are both connected to the control device .
第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22具体为利用光信号对储液箱9装载液体的情况和/或储液箱9在烹饪器具中的放置情况进行检测的功能模块。第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22可以是光照传感器,也可以是具有光发射器和光接收器的检测组件。例如,第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22可包括红外光发射器和红外光接收器。The first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are specifically functional modules that use optical signals to detect the liquid storage tank 9 and/or the placement of the liquid storage tank 9 in the cooking appliance. The first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 may be light sensors, or detection components having a light emitter and a light receiver. For example, the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 may include an infrared light transmitter and an infrared light receiver.
第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22的数量也可根据实际情况进行设置,可以是1个、2个、5个或6个等。具体的,在一实施例中,第一光探测模块21的数量多于一个,第二光探测模块22的数量为一个。在二实施例中,第一光探测模块21的数量为一个,第二光探测模块22的数量为一个。The number of the first photodetection modules 21 or the second photodetection modules 22 can also be set according to the actual situation, and can be 1, 2, 5 or 6 and so on. Specifically, in an embodiment, the number of the first light detection module 21 is more than one, and the number of the second light detection module 22 is one. In the second embodiment, the number of the first light detection module 21 is one, and the number of the second light detection module 22 is one.
在本实施例中,第一光探测模块21和/或第二光探测模块22可设于储液箱9的外部。在其他实施例中,第一光探测模块21和/或第二光探测模块22也可根据实际情况设于储液箱9内部、储液箱9上方或储液箱9下方等位置。In this embodiment, the first light detection module 21 and/or the second light detection module 22 can be arranged outside the liquid storage tank 9 . In other embodiments, the first photodetection module 21 and/or the second photodetection module 22 can also be arranged inside the liquid storage tank 9 , above the liquid storage tank 9 or below the liquid storage tank 9 according to the actual situation.
烹饪器具中储液箱9的不同状态(如储液箱9在烹饪器具中放置与否、储液箱9放置水与否、储液箱9中水量不同等)在第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22中会形成不同的光探测信号。例如,第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22为光照传感器时,在自然光源或电子光源照射到储液箱9内时,储液箱9存放有水时光照传感器检测到的光照度较小;储液箱9未存放有水时光照传感器检测到的光照度较大。The different states of the liquid storage tank 9 in the cooking utensil (such as whether the liquid storage tank 9 is placed in the cooking utensil, whether water is placed in the liquid storage tank 9, whether the amount of water in the liquid storage tank 9 is different, etc.) Different light detection signals are formed in the second light detection module 22 . For example, when the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 are light sensors, when a natural light source or an electronic light source irradiates the liquid storage tank 9, the illuminance detected by the light sensor when the liquid storage tank 9 is stored with water is relatively low. Small; when the liquid storage tank 9 does not store water, the illuminance detected by the light sensor is relatively large.
本实施例提出一种烹饪器具,在烹饪器具中对应储液箱9设置有第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22,并且控制装置分别与第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22连接,从使控制装置可基于第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22分别对应的光探测信号按照上述烹饪器具的运行控制方法中的相关流程对储液箱9情况实现自动准确的识别,其结合第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22的光探测特性、储液箱9的透光特性、储液箱9所需装载的液体的透光特性等不同在第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22中形成的光探测信号的差异,从而通过光探测信号可实现对烹饪器具中储液箱9情况的准确识别检测,以实现烹饪器具烹饪效果的有效提高。This embodiment proposes a cooking appliance, in which a first photodetection module 21 and a second photodetection module 22 are arranged corresponding to the liquid storage tank 9, and the control device is connected with the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module respectively. The module 22 is connected, so that the control device can automatically and accurately determine the situation of the liquid storage tank 9 based on the corresponding light detection signals of the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 according to the relevant process in the above-mentioned operation control method of the cooking appliance. identification, which combines the light detection characteristics of the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22, the light transmission characteristics of the liquid storage tank 9, the light transmission characteristics of the liquid that the liquid storage tank 9 needs to be loaded, etc. in the first The difference between the light detection signals formed in the light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22, so that the accurate identification and detection of the liquid storage tank 9 in the cooking utensil can be realized through the light detection signal, so as to effectively improve the cooking effect of the cooking utensil .
参照图19、图20、图22至图24,所述储液箱9内设有隔板8,所述隔板8将所述储液箱9内部分隔成隔离的储液腔和空腔,所述壳体包括位于所述储液腔的第一透光部31和位于所述空腔的第二透光部32,所述第一光探测模块21对应所述第一透光部31设置,所述第二透光部32的所在区域为所述目标区域,所述第一透光部31和所述第二透光部32均为全反射结构。Referring to Fig. 19, Fig. 20, Fig. 22 to Fig. 24, a partition 8 is provided inside the liquid storage tank 9, and the partition 8 divides the interior of the liquid storage tank 9 into an isolated liquid storage cavity and a cavity, The housing includes a first light-transmitting portion 31 located in the liquid storage cavity and a second light-transmitting portion 32 located in the cavity, and the first light detection module 21 is disposed corresponding to the first light-transmitting portion 31 , the area where the second light-transmitting portion 32 is located is the target area, and both the first light-transmitting portion 31 and the second light-transmitting portion 32 are total reflection structures.
所述储液腔用于存放液体。储液腔与空腔隔离,则储液腔内装载有液体时,液体不会漏到空腔内,空腔内为空气。在本实施例中,空腔位于储液箱9的底部,在其他实施例中,空腔也可位于储液箱9的中部或上部等。The liquid storage cavity is used for storing liquid. The liquid storage chamber is isolated from the cavity, so when the liquid storage chamber is loaded with liquid, the liquid will not leak into the cavity, and the cavity is filled with air. In this embodiment, the cavity is located at the bottom of the liquid storage tank 9 , and in other embodiments, the cavity may also be located at the middle or upper part of the liquid storage tank 9 .
具体的,壳体包括第一子壳体和第二子壳体,第一子壳体与隔板8围合形成储液腔,第二子壳体与隔板8围合形成空腔,第二子壳体以及空腔所在占据的空间范围可作为这里的目标区域,第二透光部32为第二子壳体的一部分。在其他实施例中,储液箱9也可不设置空腔,目标区域为储液腔外部的实心结构,如储液箱9的底板等。Specifically, the housing includes a first sub-housing and a second sub-housing, the first sub-housing is surrounded by a partition 8 to form a liquid storage chamber, the second sub-housing and the partition 8 are surrounded to form a cavity, and the second sub-housing is surrounded by a partition 8 to form a cavity. The space occupied by the second sub-housing and the cavity can be used as the target area here, and the second light-transmitting portion 32 is a part of the second sub-housing. In other embodiments, the liquid storage tank 9 may not be provided with a cavity, and the target area is a solid structure outside the liquid storage chamber, such as the bottom plate of the liquid storage tank 9 .
具体的,在本实施例中储液箱9的整个壳体为透明材料(例如,丙烯腈一苯乙烯共聚物)的结构。在其他实施例中,储液箱9也可为部分透光的结构,只需在对应第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22的位置设置第一透光部31和第二透光部32,而其他位置无需设置透光部。Specifically, in this embodiment, the entire casing of the liquid storage tank 9 is made of a transparent material (for example, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer). In other embodiments, the liquid storage tank 9 can also be a partially transparent structure, only the first light-transmitting part 31 and the second light-transmitting part 31 and the second light-transmitting part 31 need to be provided at the positions corresponding to the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22. Part 32, while other positions do not need to be provided with light-transmitting parts.
这里全反射结构具体为对入射的光信号具有全反射效果的筋条,第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22的发射信号入射到全反射结构内后可在全反射结构内发生全反射,全反射形成的反射信号可反射到对应的光探测模块。Here, the total reflection structure is specifically a rib that has a total reflection effect on the incident optical signal. After the emission signal of the first light detection module 21 or the second light detection module 22 is incident into the total reflection structure, a total reflection structure can occur in the total reflection structure. Reflection, the reflection signal formed by total reflection can be reflected to the corresponding photodetection module.
需要说明的是,在其他实施例中,目标区域上对应第二探测模块32的位置也可为不透光的反射结构;第一透光部31或第二透光部32可为平面透光结构。It should be noted that, in other embodiments, the position corresponding to the second detection module 32 on the target area can also be an opaque reflective structure; the first light-transmitting part 31 or the second light-transmitting part 32 can be a plane light-transmitting structure.
具体的,在本实施例中,第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22分别包括光发射器和光接收器,在第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22与全反射结构对位设置时,光发射器发射的光线进入到对应的全反射结构中,若储液箱9与第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22对位的区域为光疏介质(例如空腔内的空气或储液腔内未有放置液体时的空气等),而可透光的全反射结构属于光密介质,因此入射到全反射结构中的光线会发生全反射,反射光路会进入到光接收器内形成相应的反射信号。在第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22与储液箱9上对应的全反射结构未对位设置或储液箱9放置有液体等光密介质时,入射到全反射结构中的光线不会发生全发射,而是透射到储液箱9内,光接收器不会检测到反射信号。基于此,通过全反射结构的透光特性可实现对储液箱9的放置情况、储液箱9内对应第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22的区域的储液情况实现准确识别。Specifically, in this embodiment, the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 respectively include a phototransmitter and a photoreceiver, and when the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 and the total reflection structure When the position is set, the light emitted by the light emitter enters the corresponding total reflection structure. The air in the liquid storage cavity or the air when there is no liquid in the liquid storage cavity, etc.), and the light-transmitting total reflection structure is an optically dense medium, so the light incident on the total reflection structure will be totally reflected, and the reflected light path will enter into the A corresponding reflected signal is formed in the light receiver. When the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 is not aligned with the corresponding total reflection structure on the liquid storage tank 9 or the liquid storage tank 9 is placed with an optically dense medium such as liquid, the light incident on the total reflection structure The light will not be fully emitted, but will be transmitted into the liquid storage tank 9, and the light receiver will not detect the reflected signal. Based on this, through the light transmission characteristics of the total reflection structure, the placement of the liquid storage tank 9 and the liquid storage conditions in the area corresponding to the first light detection module 21 or the second light detection module 22 in the liquid storage tank 9 can be accurately identified. .
需要说明的是,在其他实施例中,第一透光部31和/或第二透光部32还可根据实际需求设置为其他类型的透光结构,只需保证储液箱9不同的状态下通过透光部3的光调节作用可在光探测装置2中可形成有不同的光探测信号,以实现储液箱9不同状态的区分即可。It should be noted that, in other embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 31 and/or the second light-transmitting part 32 can also be set as other types of light-transmitting structures according to actual needs, and only need to ensure that the different states of the liquid storage tank 9 Different light detection signals can be formed in the light detection device 2 through the light adjustment function of the light-transmitting part 3 to realize the distinction of different states of the liquid storage tank 9 .
在本实施例中,通过隔板8的设置,可避免第一光探测模块21与第二光探测模块22检测信号相互影响,保证第一光探测模块21与第二光探测模块22对应的光探测信号可准确表征烹饪器具内不同的储液箱9情况。In this embodiment, through the setting of the partition plate 8, the mutual influence of the detection signals of the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 can be avoided, and the light corresponding to the first photodetection module 21 and the second photodetection module 22 can be guaranteed. The detection signal can accurately characterize the conditions of different liquid storage tanks 9 in the cooking appliance.
进一步的,在一实施例中,参照图23和图24,所述全反射结构包括第一表面、第二表面和第三表面,所述第一表面设于所述壳体的外表面,所述第二表面和所述第三表面垂直相交;Further, in one embodiment, referring to Fig. 23 and Fig. 24, the total reflection structure includes a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is provided on the outer surface of the housing, so The second surface and the third surface perpendicularly intersect;
所述第二表面具有相对设置的第一边和第二边,所述第三表面具有相对设置的第三边和第四边,所述第一边与所述第三边连接,所述第二边与所述第四边之间的距离位于[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内。The second surface has a first side and a second side opposite to each other, the third surface has a third side and a fourth side opposite to each other, the first side is connected to the third side, and the first side is connected to the third side. The distance between the two sides and the fourth side is within the range of [5mm, 9mm].
具体的,第一表面为储料箱1的外表面,第二表面和第三表面为储料箱1的内表面(即储料腔的内壁或空腔的内壁),第一光探测模块21与第二光探测模块22设于储料箱1的外部、且与第一表面间隔设置。第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22与储料箱对位的区域为空气时,第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22发射的光信号会垂直入射到第一表面,依次在第二表面和第三表面上发生反射,最后反射的光信号从第一表面出射,并返回到第一光探测模块21或第二光探测模块22中。第二表面与第三表面通过第一边与第三边垂直相交。在本实施例中,第二边与第四边之间的距离d1可为7mm;在其他实施例中,第二边与第四边之间的距离d1还可根据实际需求选取为6mm、5.5mm、7.5mm、8mm、8.5mm等。在本实施例中,由于第二边与第四边之间的距离d1过小时,全反射结构内的入射光线和反射光线容易相互影响,导致储液箱9的状态信息检测的结果不准确,而第二边与第四边之间的距离d1过大时,光线容易发散造成光线损失,影响储液箱9的状态信息检测结果的准确性。基于此,将第二边与第四边之间的距离d1控制在[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内可有利于保证基于第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22的光探测信号可准确获取储液箱9的状态信息。Specifically, the first surface is the outer surface of the material storage box 1, the second surface and the third surface are the inner surface of the material storage box 1 (that is, the inner wall of the material storage cavity or the inner wall of the cavity), and the first photodetection module 21 The second light detection module 22 is disposed outside the storage box 1 and spaced apart from the first surface. When the area where the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 is aligned with the storage box is air, the light signal emitted by the first photodetection module 21 or the second photodetection module 22 will be vertically incident on the first surface, Reflection occurs on the second surface and the third surface in sequence, and finally the reflected light signal exits from the first surface and returns to the first light detection module 21 or the second light detection module 22 . The second surface and the third surface perpendicularly intersect through the first side and the third side. In this embodiment, the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side can be 7mm; in other embodiments, the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side can also be selected as 6mm, 5.5mm according to actual needs. mm, 7.5mm, 8mm, 8.5mm, etc. In this embodiment, since the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side is too small, the incident light and the reflected light in the total reflection structure are likely to interact with each other, resulting in inaccurate detection results of the state information of the liquid storage tank 9, When the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side is too large, the light is likely to diverge and cause light loss, which affects the accuracy of the detection result of the state information of the liquid storage tank 9 . Based on this, controlling the distance d1 between the second side and the fourth side within the range of [5mm, 9mm] can help to ensure that the light detection signals based on the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 can be Accurately acquire the status information of the liquid storage tank 9 .
进一步的,在一实施例中,所述第二光探测模块22的数量为多个,多个所述第二光探测模块22间隔设置。相应的,第二透光部32的数量为多个,第二光探测模块22与第二透光部32一一对应设置。基于此,可通过多个对应储液腔设置的第二光探测模块22检测的光探测信号,可实现对储液箱9内储液量的准确识别。Further, in an embodiment, the number of the second light detection modules 22 is multiple, and the multiple second light detection modules 22 are arranged at intervals. Correspondingly, there are multiple second light-transmitting portions 32 , and the second light detection modules 22 are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the second light-transmitting portions 32 . Based on this, the accurate identification of the liquid storage volume in the liquid storage tank 9 can be realized through the light detection signals detected by the plurality of second light detection modules 22 provided corresponding to the liquid storage chambers.
例如,在实际应用中,可根据烹饪需求的N个液体量要求设置对应的N个第二光探测模块32或者根据烹饪配比的N个与液体配合任何的物料的量(如米量等)要求来确定N个第二光探测模块32检测的位置。For example, in practical applications, the corresponding N second photodetection modules 32 can be set according to the N liquid quantities required for cooking, or the N quantity of any material (such as the amount of rice, etc.) that can be combined with liquid according to the cooking ratio It is required to determine the positions detected by the N second light detection modules 32 .
例如,在储液箱9存储放有100ml、200ml、300ml、400ml液体时液面的所在高度位置,分别对应设置有一个第二光探测模块32,以实现通过多个第二光探测模块32识别储液箱9内是否存放有液体以及存放的液体量。For example, when the liquid storage tank 9 is stored with 100ml, 200ml, 300ml, and 400ml of liquid, the height position of the liquid level is respectively provided with a second light detection module 32 to realize identification by a plurality of second light detection modules 32 Whether there is liquid stored in the liquid storage tank 9 and the amount of liquid stored.
在一实施例中,所述烹饪器具包括主体(未图示),所述主体(未图示)内设有容置腔,所述储液箱9可拆卸设于所述容置腔内,所述第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22与所述主体(未图示)固定连接。具体的,容置腔内壁的形状与储液箱9外表面的形状适配。基于此,可方便根据实际需求将储液箱9拿出来清洗或装载水,而第一光探测模块21和第二光探测模块22固定在主体(未图示),可实现对储液箱9的放入和拿出的状态实现准确识别。In one embodiment, the cooking utensil includes a main body (not shown), an accommodating cavity is arranged in the main body (not shown), and the liquid storage tank 9 is detachably arranged in the accommodating cavity, The first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are fixedly connected to the main body (not shown). Specifically, the shape of the inner wall of the accommodating chamber matches the shape of the outer surface of the liquid storage tank 9 . Based on this, it is convenient to take out the liquid storage tank 9 to clean or load water according to actual needs, while the first light detection module 21 and the second light detection module 22 are fixed on the main body (not shown), which can realize the liquid storage tank 9 The state of putting in and taking out can be accurately identified.
需要说明的是,在运行控制方法实施例中涉及的结构部件具体的结构特征可参照但不仅限于烹饪器具实施例中的相应的结构部件的结构特征。It should be noted that, the specific structural features of the structural components involved in the embodiment of the operation control method may refer to, but not limited to, the structural features of the corresponding structural components in the embodiment of the cooking appliance.
此外,本申请实施例还提出一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有运行控制程序,所述运行控制程序被处理器执行时实现如上运行控制方法任一实施例的相关步骤。In addition, the embodiment of the present application also proposes a computer-readable storage medium, on which an operation control program is stored, and when the operation control program is executed by a processor, the above-mentioned operation control method in any embodiment is implemented related steps.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者系统不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者系统所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者系统中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that, as used herein, the term "comprises", "comprises" or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or system comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or system. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase "comprising a..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article or system comprising that element.
上述本申请实施例序号仅仅为了描述,不代表实施例的优劣。The serial numbers of the above embodiments of the present application are for description only, and do not represent the advantages and disadvantages of the embodiments.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在如上所述的一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,烹饪器具,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or the part that contributes to the prior art, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium as described above (such as ROM/RAM , magnetic disk, optical disk), including several instructions to make a terminal device (which may be a mobile phone, computer, server, cooking appliance, or network device, etc.) execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
以上仅为本申请的优选实施例,并非因此限制本申请的专利范围,凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换,或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域,均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。The above are only preferred embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the patent scope of the present application. All equivalent structures or equivalent process transformations made by using the description of the application and the accompanying drawings are directly or indirectly used in other related technical fields. , are all included in the patent protection scope of the present application in the same way.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种烹饪器具的运行控制方法,所述烹饪器具包括储料箱和对应所述储料箱设置的检测装置,其中,所述运行控制方法包括以下步骤:A method for controlling the operation of a cooking appliance, the cooking appliance comprising a storage box and a detection device corresponding to the storage box, wherein the operation control method includes the following steps:
    获取所述检测装置的检测信号;acquiring a detection signal of the detection device;
    根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息;determining the storage state information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal;
    确定所述储料状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,控制所述烹饪器具执行烹饪操作。It is determined that the storage status information satisfies a set cooking condition, and the cooking appliance is controlled to perform a cooking operation.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述储料箱包括透光部,所述检测装置包括对应所述透光部设置的光探测装置,所述检测信号包括光探测信号;所述根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 1, wherein the storage box includes a light-transmitting portion, the detection device includes a light detection device corresponding to the light-transmitting portion, and the detection signal includes a light detection signal; The step of determining the storage status information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal includes:
    根据所述光探测信号确定所述储料状态信息。The storage status information is determined according to the light detection signal.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述光探测装置包括第一光探测模块,所述透光部包括与所述第一光探测模块对应设置的第一透光部,所述储料状态信息包括所述储料箱的放置状态信息,所述根据所述光探测信号确定所述储料状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 2, wherein the photodetection device includes a first photodetection module, and the light-transmitting part includes a first light-transmitting part corresponding to the first photodetection module, and the The storage state information includes the placement state information of the storage box, and the step of determining the storage state information according to the light detection signal includes:
    确定第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值之间的第一大小关系;所述第一光探测信号为所述第一光探测模块检测的信号;Determining a first magnitude relationship between the first light detection signal and the first set signal threshold; the first light detection signal is a signal detected by the first light detection module;
    根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息。The placement state information of the storage bin is determined according to the first size relationship.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述第一透光部设有全反射三棱镜,所述根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 3, wherein the first light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, and the step of determining the placement state information of the storage box according to the first size relationship comprises:
    所述第一大小关系为所述第一光探测信号大于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱未放置于所述烹饪器具上;If the first size relationship is that the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, then it is determined that the storage box is not placed on the cooking appliance as the placement state information of the storage box;
    所述第一大小关系为所述第一光探测信号小于或等于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上。The first size relationship is that the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, then it is determined that the storage box is placed on the cooking appliance. superior.
  5. 如权利要求2所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述光探测装置还包括第二光探测模块,所述第二光探测模块与所述第一光探测模块间隔设置,所述透光部还包括与所述第二光探测模块对应设置的第二透光部,所述储料状态信息还包括所述储料箱的物料放置状态信息,所述根据所述第一大小关系确定所述储料箱的放置状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:The operation control method according to claim 2, wherein the photodetection device further comprises a second photodetection module, the second photodetection module is spaced apart from the first photodetection module, and the light-transmitting part is also It includes a second light-transmitting part corresponding to the second light detection module, the storage status information also includes the storage status information of the storage box, and the storage capacity is determined according to the first size relationship. After the step of putting the status information of the bin, it also includes:
    当所述储料箱的放置状态信息为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上时,确定第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值之间的第二大小关系;所述第二光探测信号为所述第二光探测模块检测的信号;When the placement state information of the storage box is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, determine a second magnitude relationship between the second light detection signal and a second set signal threshold; the first The second light detection signal is a signal detected by the second light detection module;
    根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息。The material placement state information is determined according to the second size relationship.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述物料放置状态信息包括第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内物料存在或不存在的信息,所述根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 5, wherein said material placement status information includes first status information, said first status information is information about the existence or non-existence of materials in said material storage box, said according to said The step of determining the material placement state information according to the second size relationship includes:
    所述第二大小关系与所述储料箱对应的设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料;If the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the storage box, then it is determined that the first state information is that there are materials in the storage box;
    所述第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料。If the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, then it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage box.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述根据所述第二大小关系确定所述物料放置状态信息的步骤之前,还包括:The operation control method according to claim 6, wherein, before the step of determining the material placement state information according to the second size relationship, further comprising:
    获取储料箱存放的物料类型以及所述第二透光部的结构特征信息;Acquire the type of material stored in the storage box and the structural feature information of the second light-transmitting part;
    根据所述物料类型和所述结构特征信息确定所述设定大小关系。The set size relationship is determined according to the material type and the structural feature information.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述根据所述物料类型和所述结构特征信息确定所述设定大小关系的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 7, wherein the step of determining the set size relationship according to the material type and the structural feature information comprises:
    当所述物料类型为可反射光线的物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部为平面透光结构时,确定所述设定大小关系为所述第二光探测信号小于所述第二设定信号阈值;When the material type is a material that can reflect light, and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is a planar light-transmitting structure, it is determined that the set size relationship is that the second light detection signal is smaller than the set The second set signal threshold;
    当所述物料类型为透光物料、且所述结构特征信息为所述第二透光部设有全反射三棱镜时,确定所述设定大小关系为所述第二光探测信号大于所述第二设定信号阈值。When the material type is a light-transmitting material, and the structural feature information is that the second light-transmitting part is provided with a total reflection prism, it is determined that the set size relationship is that the second light detection signal is greater than the first 2. Set the signal threshold.
  9. 如权利要求5所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述第二设定信号阈值与所述第一设定信号阈值的偏差量大于或等于预设值。The operation control method according to claim 5, wherein the deviation between the second set signal threshold and the first set signal threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value.
  10. 如权利要求6所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述物料放置状态信息还包括第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息为所述储料箱内的物料存放量信息,所述确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料的步骤之后,还包括:The operation control method according to claim 6, wherein said material placement state information further includes second state information, said second state information is information on the amount of material stored in said storage box, said determining said The first state information is after the step that there is material in the storage box, it also includes:
    获取所述第二光探测模块对应的设定存放量;Obtain the set storage capacity corresponding to the second photodetection module;
    根据所述设定存放量确定所述物料存放量信息。The material storage quantity information is determined according to the set storage quantity.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述第二光探测模块的数量为多个,多个所述第二光探测模块沿竖直方向间隔设置,所述第二光探测模块对应的第二大小关系的数量为多个,所述若所述第二大小关系与所述储料箱对应的设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱内存在物料的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 10, wherein the number of the second photodetection modules is multiple, and the plurality of second photodetection modules are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction, and the second photodetection modules correspond to The number of the second size relationship is multiple, and if the second size relationship matches the set size relationship corresponding to the storage box, it is determined that the first status information is that there is a The steps for materials include:
    多个所述第二大小关系中至少一个第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱存在物料;At least one second size relationship among the multiple second size relationships matches the set size relationship, then it is determined that the first status information is that there is material in the storage box;
    所述第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料的步骤包括:If the second size relationship does not match the set size relationship, then the step of determining that the first state information is that there is no material in the storage box includes:
    多个所述第二大小关系均与所述设定大小关系不匹配,则确定所述第一状态信息为所述储料箱不存在物料。If a plurality of the second size relationships do not match the set size relationship, then it is determined that the first status information is that there is no material in the storage bin.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述获取所述第二光探测模块对应的设定存放量的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 11, wherein the step of obtaining the set storage capacity corresponding to the second light detection module comprises:
    在多个所述第二光探测模块中确定目标探测模块;所述目标探测模块为对应的第二大小关系与所述设定大小关系匹配的第二光探测模块;Determine a target detection module among the plurality of second light detection modules; the target detection module is a second light detection module whose corresponding second size relationship matches the set size relationship;
    获取所述目标探测模块对应的设定存放量。Acquire the set storage capacity corresponding to the target detection module.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述根据所述设定存放量确定所述物料存放量信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 12, wherein said step of determining said material storage quantity information according to said set storage quantity comprises:
    当所述设定存放量的数量为一个,则确定所述物料存放量信息为所述设定存放量;When the quantity of the set storage amount is one, then determine the information of the material storage amount as the set storage amount;
    当所述设定存放量的数量多个,则确定多个所述设定存放量中数值最大的设定存放量为目标存放量,确定所述物料存放量信息为所述目标存放量。When there are multiple set storage volumes, the set storage volume with the largest value among the multiple set storage volumes is determined as the target storage volume, and the material storage volume information is determined as the target storage volume.
  14. 如权利要求1所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述根据所述检测信号确定所述烹饪器具的储料状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:The operation control method according to claim 1, wherein, after the step of determining the storage state information of the cooking appliance according to the detection signal, further comprising:
    所述储料状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件,控制所述烹饪器具停止执行烹饪操作并输出提示信息。The storage state information does not satisfy the set cooking condition, and the cooking appliance is controlled to stop performing the cooking operation and output a prompt message.
  15. 如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述储料状态信息包括所述储料箱的放置状态信息和所述储料箱的物料放置状态信息,所述根据所述检测信号确定所述家用电器烹饪器具的储料状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:The operation control method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the storage state information includes the storage state information of the storage box and the material storage state information of the storage box, according to After the step of determining the storage state information of the household appliance cooking appliance by the detection signal, it also includes:
    当所述储料箱的放置状态信息满足第一设定条件且所述物料放置状态信息满足第二设定条件时,确定所述储料状态信息满足所述设定烹饪条件;When the storage state information of the material storage box satisfies the first set condition and the material storage state information satisfies the second set condition, it is determined that the storage state information satisfies the set cooking condition;
    当所述储料箱的放置状态信息不满足所述第一设定条件时,或,当所述物料放置状态信息不满足所述第二设定条件时,确定所述储料状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件;When the placement state information of the material storage box does not meet the first set condition, or when the material placement state information does not meet the second set condition, it is determined that the storage state information does not meet the The set cooking conditions;
    其中,所述第一设定条件为所述储料箱已放置于所述烹饪器具上,所述第二设定条件为所述储料箱内存在物料且物料存放量大于或等于烹饪所需的目标存放量。Wherein, the first setting condition is that the storage box has been placed on the cooking appliance, and the second setting condition is that there are materials in the storage box and the storage capacity of the materials is greater than or equal to the amount required for cooking. target storage capacity.
  16. 一种烹饪器具的运行控制方法,其中,所述烹饪器具包括储液箱、第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,所述储液箱包括壳体,所述壳体内设有储液腔,所述光探测装置包括第一光探测模块和第二光探测模块,所述第一光探测模块对应所述储液腔设置,所述第二光探测模块对应所述储液箱的目标区域设置,所述目标区域为所述储液箱上位于所述储液腔外部的区域,所述烹饪器具的运行控制方法包括以下步骤:A method for controlling the operation of a cooking appliance, wherein the cooking appliance includes a liquid storage tank, a first light detection module, and a second light detection module, the liquid storage tank includes a housing, and a liquid storage cavity is arranged in the housing , the light detection device includes a first light detection module and a second light detection module, the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the liquid storage cavity, and the second light detection module is corresponding to the target area of the liquid storage tank It is set that the target area is an area on the liquid storage tank outside the liquid storage cavity, and the operation control method of the cooking appliance includes the following steps:
    获取所述第一光探测模块的第一光探测信号,获取所述第二光探测模块的第二光探测信号;Obtaining a first optical detection signal of the first optical detection module, and obtaining a second optical detection signal of the second optical detection module;
    根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息。The state information of the liquid storage tank is determined according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述壳体包括位于所述储液腔的第一透光部,所述第一光探测模块对应所述第一透光部设置,所述第一透光部为全反射结构,所述目标区域设有反射结构,所述根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 16, wherein the housing includes a first light-transmitting part located in the liquid storage chamber, the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the first light-transmitting part, and the The first light-transmitting part is a total reflection structure, the target area is provided with a reflection structure, and the step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal includes:
    识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号,获得第一识别结果;identifying whether there is a first characteristic signal in the first light detection signal, and obtaining a first identification result;
    识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号,获得第二识别结果;identifying whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal, and obtaining a second identification result;
    根据所述第一识别结果和所述第二识别结果确定所述储液箱的状态信息;determining state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first identification result and the second identification result;
    其中,所述第一特征信号为所述第一光探测模块的发射信号在所述第一透光部形成的第一反射信号,所述第二特征信号为所述第二光探测模块的发射信号在所述目标区域形成的第二反射信号。Wherein, the first characteristic signal is the first reflection signal formed by the emission signal of the first photodetection module in the first light-transmitting part, and the second characteristic signal is the emission signal of the second photodetection module. The signal forms a second reflected signal in the target area.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述储液箱的状态信息包括所述储液箱的放置状态信息和所述储液箱的储液状态信息,根据所述第一识别结果和所述第二识别结果确定所述储液箱的 状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 17, wherein the state information of the liquid storage tank includes information on the placement state of the liquid storage tank and information on the liquid storage state of the liquid storage tank, and according to the first identification result The step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank based on the second identification result includes:
    根据所述第二识别结果确定所述放置状态信息;determining the placement state information according to the second identification result;
    根据所述第一识别结果确定所述储液状态信息。The liquid storage state information is determined according to the first identification result.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述壳体内设有隔板,所述隔板将所述壳体内分隔成所述储液腔和空腔,所述储液腔与所述空腔隔离设置,所述壳体还包括对应所述空腔设置的第二透光部,所述目标区域内的反射结构包括所述第二透光部,所述第二透光部为全反射结构,所述根据所述第二识别结果确定所述放置状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 18, wherein a partition is provided in the casing, and the partition divides the casing into the liquid storage chamber and the cavity, and the liquid storage chamber and the The cavity is isolated, the housing further includes a second light-transmitting part corresponding to the cavity, the reflective structure in the target area includes the second light-transmitting part, and the second light-transmitting part is all In a reflective structure, the step of determining the placement state information according to the second identification result includes:
    当所述第二识别结果为所述第二光探测信号存在所述第二特征信号时,确定所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱放置于所述烹饪器具;When the second identification result is that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal, determining the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance;
    当所述第二识别结果为所述第二光探测信号不存在所述第二特征信号时,确定所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱未放置于所述烹饪器具。When the second identification result is that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal, it is determined that the placement state information is that the liquid storage tank is not placed on the cooking appliance.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述储液腔有用于放置透光液体,所述储液状态信息包括所述液体放置状态信息,所述根据所述第一识别结果确定所述储液状态信息的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 19, wherein the liquid storage chamber is used for storing light-transmitting liquid, the liquid storage state information includes the liquid storage state information, and the determined according to the first identification result The steps for reporting the storage status information include:
    当所述放置状态信息为所述储液箱放置于所述烹饪器具时,若所述第一识别结果为所述第一光探测信号存在所述第一特征信号,则确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱未放置液体;When the placement status information is that the liquid storage tank is placed on the cooking appliance, if the first identification result is that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal, then determine the placement status of the liquid The information is that no liquid is placed in the liquid storage tank;
    所述第一识别结果为所述第一光探测信号不存在所述第一特征信号,则确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱已放置液体。If the first identification result is that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal, then it is determined that the liquid placement state information is that the liquid storage tank has been placed with liquid.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述第一光探测模块的数量为多个,所述第一透光部的数量为多个,所述第一光探测模块与所述第一透光部一一对应设置,所述第一识别结果包括每个所述第一光探测模块对应的子识别结果,所述储液状态信息还包括储液量信息,所述确定所述液体放置状态信息为所述储液箱已放置液体的步骤之后,还包括:The operation control method according to claim 20, wherein the number of the first light detection modules is multiple, the number of the first light-transmitting parts is multiple, and the first light detection module and the second One light-transmitting part is provided in one-to-one correspondence, the first identification result includes sub-identification results corresponding to each of the first light detection modules, the liquid storage state information also includes liquid storage volume information, and the determination of the liquid After the step of placing the state information that the liquid has been placed in the liquid storage tank, it also includes:
    根据多个所述子识别结果和每个所述第一光探测模块对应的设定存放量确定所述储液量信息。The liquid storage volume information is determined according to the plurality of sub-identification results and the set storage volume corresponding to each of the first light detection modules.
  22. 如权利要求17所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述第一反射信号的强度大于第一预设强度阈值,所述第二反射信号的强度大于第二预设强度阈值。The operation control method according to claim 17, wherein the intensity of the first reflected signal is greater than a first preset intensity threshold, and the intensity of the second reflected signal is greater than a second preset intensity threshold.
  23. 如权利要求17所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述第一光探测信号为根据所述第一光探测模块的第一发射信号及其对应的第一反射信号生成的信号,所述识别所述第一光探测信号是否存在第一特征信号的步骤包括:The operation control method according to claim 17, wherein the first light detection signal is a signal generated according to the first emission signal of the first light detection module and its corresponding first reflection signal, and the identified The step of whether there is a first characteristic signal in the first light detection signal comprises:
    比较所述第一光探测信号与第一设定信号阈值的大小;comparing the magnitude of the first light detection signal with a first set signal threshold;
    所述第一光探测信号大于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述第一光探测信号不存在所述第一特征信号;If the first light detection signal is greater than the first set signal threshold, it is determined that the first light detection signal does not have the first characteristic signal;
    所述第一光探测信号小于或等于所述第一设定信号阈值,则确定所述第一光探测信号存在所述第一特征信号;If the first light detection signal is less than or equal to the first set signal threshold, it is determined that the first light detection signal has the first characteristic signal;
    且/或,所述第二光探测信号根据所述第二光探测模块的第二发射信号及其对应的第二反射信号生成,所述识别所述第二光探测信号是否存在第二特征信号的步骤包括:And/or, the second light detection signal is generated according to the second emission signal of the second light detection module and its corresponding second reflection signal, and the identification of whether there is a second characteristic signal in the second light detection signal The steps include:
    比较所述第二光探测信号与第二设定信号阈值的大小;comparing the magnitude of the second photodetection signal with a second set signal threshold;
    所述第二光探测信号大于所述第二设定信号阈值,则确定所述第二光探测信号不存在所述第二特征信号;If the second light detection signal is greater than the second set signal threshold, it is determined that the second light detection signal does not have the second characteristic signal;
    所述第二光探测信号小于或等于所述第二设定信号阈值,则确定所述第二光探测信号存在所述第二特征信号。If the second light detection signal is less than or equal to the second set signal threshold, it is determined that the second light detection signal has the second characteristic signal.
  24. 如权利要求16至23中任一项所述的运行控制方法,其中,所述根据所述第一光探测信号和所述第二光探测信号确定所述储液箱的状态信息的步骤之后,还包括:The operation control method according to any one of claims 16 to 23, wherein after the step of determining the state information of the liquid storage tank according to the first light detection signal and the second light detection signal, Also includes:
    所述储液箱的状态信息满足设定烹饪条件,则控制所述烹饪器具执行烹饪操作;The state information of the liquid storage tank satisfies the set cooking condition, and then the cooking appliance is controlled to perform the cooking operation;
    所述储液箱的状态信息不满足所述设定烹饪条件,则控制所述烹饪器具停止执行烹饪操作。The state information of the liquid storage tank does not satisfy the set cooking condition, and the cooking appliance is controlled to stop performing the cooking operation.
  25. 一种烹饪器具的控制装置,其中,所述烹饪器具的控制装置包括:存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的烹饪器具的运行控制程序,所述运行控制程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至24中任一项所述的烹饪器具的运行控制方法的步骤。A control device for a cooking appliance, wherein the control device for the cooking appliance includes: a memory, a processor, and an operation control program of the cooking appliance stored in the memory and operable on the processor, the operating When the control program is executed by the processor, the steps of the operation control method of the cooking appliance according to any one of claims 1 to 24 are realized.
  26. 一种烹饪器具,其中,所述烹饪器具包括:A cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil comprises:
    储料箱;storage box;
    检测装置,所述检测装置对应所述储料箱设置;以及a detection device, the detection device is provided corresponding to the storage box; and
    如权利要求25所述的烹饪器具的控制装置,所述烹饪器具的控制装置与所述检测装置连接。The control device of the cooking appliance according to claim 25, the control device of the cooking appliance is connected with the detection device.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述储料箱包括透光部,所述检测装置包括光探测装置,所述透光部与所述光探测装置对应设置,所述光探测装置与所述烹饪器具的控制装置连接。The cooking appliance according to claim 26, wherein the material storage box includes a light-transmitting part, and the detection device includes a light detection device, and the light-transmission part is arranged correspondingly to the light detection device, and the light detection device It is connected with the control device of the cooking appliance.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述透光部包括全反射三棱镜,在所述透光部对应的物料存放空间空载时,所述光探测装置发射的光线入射至所述全反射三棱镜内、发生全反射后入射至所述光探测装置。The cooking utensil according to claim 27, wherein the light-transmitting part includes a total reflection prism, and when the material storage space corresponding to the light-transmitting part is empty, the light emitted by the light detection device is incident on the total reflection prism. In the reflective prism, it is incident to the light detection device after undergoing total reflection.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述光探测装置包括光发射器和光接收器,所述光发射器与所述光接收器间隔设置;The cooking appliance according to claim 28, wherein said light detection device comprises a light emitter and a light receiver, and said light emitter is spaced apart from said light receiver;
    定义所述全反射三棱镜朝向所述光发射器和所述光接收器的一面为入射面,定义所述光发射器和所述光接收器延伸设置的方向为基准方向,所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度位于[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内。Define the side of the total reflection triangular prism facing the light emitter and the light receiver as the incident surface, define the direction in which the light emitter and the light receiver extend as the reference direction, and define the incident surface along the The width in the reference direction is within the range of [5mm, 9mm].
  30. 如权利要求29所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述光发射器与所述光接收器之间距离小于或等于所述入射面沿所述基准方向的宽度。The cooking appliance according to claim 29, wherein the distance between the light emitter and the light receiver is less than or equal to the width of the incident surface along the reference direction.
  31. 如权利要求29所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述光探测装置还包括第一聚光件以及第二聚光件,所述第一聚光件设于所述光发射器与所述透光部之间,所述第二聚光件设于所述光接收器与所述透光部之间。The cooking utensil according to claim 29, wherein the light detecting device further comprises a first light concentrating member and a second light concentrating member, the first light concentrating member is arranged between the light emitter and the light-transmitting Between the parts, the second light concentrating element is arranged between the light receiver and the light-transmitting part.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述第一聚光件朝向所述光发射器的一侧设有第一斜面,所述第二聚光件朝向所述光接收器的一侧设有第二斜面,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面呈夹角设置,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面的夹角的角平分线位于所述光发射器和所述光接收器之间。The cooking utensil according to claim 31, wherein the side of the first light concentrating member facing the light emitter is provided with a first inclined surface, and the side of the second light concentrating member facing the light receiver A second slope is provided, the first slope and the second slope form an angle, and the angle bisector of the angle between the first slope and the second slope is located between the light emitter and the light between receivers.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述第一斜面与所述第二斜面之间的夹角位于区间[130°,180°]内。The cooking appliance according to claim 32, wherein the included angle between the first slope and the second slope is within the interval [130°, 180°].
  34. 如权利要求27所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述烹饪器具还包括基板和第一遮光件,所述第一遮光件和所述光探测装置均设于所述基板;The cooking appliance according to claim 27, wherein the cooking appliance further comprises a base plate and a first light-shielding member, and both the first light-shielding member and the light detection device are arranged on the base plate;
    所述第一遮光件设于所述光探测装置周围,所述光探测装置和所述第一遮光件均位于所述基板与所述透光部之间;且/或,The first light-shielding member is disposed around the light detection device, and the light detection device and the first light-shielding member are both located between the substrate and the light-transmitting portion; and/or,
    所述光探测装置还包括基板,所述光探测装置设于所述基板,所述基板与所述储料箱外表面间隔距离位于区间[10mm,25mm]。The photodetection device further includes a substrate, the photodetection device is arranged on the substrate, and the distance between the substrate and the outer surface of the storage box is in the interval [10mm, 25mm].
  35. 如权利要求34所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述烹饪器具还包括第二遮光件,所述光探测装置还包括光发射器和光接收器,所述第二遮光件设于所述基板、且位于所述光发射器与所述光接收器之间。The cooking appliance according to claim 34, wherein the cooking appliance further comprises a second light-shielding member, the light detecting device further comprises a light emitter and a light receiver, the second light-shielding member is arranged on the base plate, and between the light transmitter and the light receiver.
  36. 如权利要求27所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述烹饪器具还包括安装座,所述安装座包括底板以及两个相对设置的侧板,所述底板位于所述光探测装置与透光部之间,所述底板与所述侧板围合形成安装腔,所述光探测装置设于所述安装腔内,所述底板设有透光区域。The cooking appliance according to claim 27, wherein the cooking appliance further comprises a mounting base, the mounting base includes a bottom plate and two opposite side plates, the bottom plate is located between the light detection device and the light-transmitting part In between, the base plate and the side plates are enclosed to form an installation cavity, the light detection device is arranged in the installation cavity, and the base plate is provided with a light-transmitting area.
  37. 一种烹饪器具,其中,所述烹饪器具包括:A cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil comprises:
    储液箱,所述储液箱包括壳体,所述壳体内设有储液腔;A liquid storage tank, the liquid storage tank includes a housing, and a liquid storage cavity is arranged in the housing;
    第一光探测模块,所述第一光探测模块对应所述储液腔设置;a first light detection module, the first light detection module is set corresponding to the liquid storage chamber;
    第二光探测模块,所述第二光探测模块对应所述储液箱的目标区域设置,所述目标区域为所述储液箱上位于所述储液腔外部的区域;a second light detection module, the second light detection module is set corresponding to the target area of the liquid storage tank, and the target area is an area on the liquid storage tank outside the liquid storage chamber;
    如权利要求25所述的烹饪器具的控制装置,所述第一光探测模块和所述第二光探测模块均与所述控制装置连接。The control device for a cooking appliance according to claim 25, wherein both the first light detection module and the second light detection module are connected to the control device.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述壳体内设有隔板,所述隔板将所述壳体内部分隔成所述储液腔和空腔,所述储液腔与所述空腔隔离;The cooking appliance according to claim 37, wherein a partition is provided inside the housing, and the partition divides the inside of the housing into the liquid storage cavity and the cavity, and the liquid storage cavity and the Cavity isolation;
    所述壳体包括位于所述储液腔的第一透光部和位于所述空腔的第二透光部,所述第一光探测模块对应所述第一透光部设置,所述第二透光部的所在区域为所述目标区域,所述第一透光部和所述第二透光部均为全反射结构。The housing includes a first light-transmitting part located in the liquid storage chamber and a second light-transmitting part located in the cavity, the first light detection module is arranged corresponding to the first light-transmitting part, and the first The area where the two light-transmitting parts are located is the target area, and both the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part are total reflection structures.
  39. 如权利要求38所述的烹饪器具,其中,所述全反射结构包括第一表面、第二表面和第三表面,所述第一表面设于所述壳体的外表面,所述第二表面和所述第三表面垂直相交;The cooking appliance according to claim 38, wherein the total reflection structure comprises a first surface, a second surface and a third surface, the first surface is provided on the outer surface of the housing, and the second surface perpendicular to the third surface;
    所述第二表面具有相对设置的第一边和第二边,所述第三表面具有相对设置的第三边和第四边,所述第一边与所述第三边连接,所述第二边与所述第四边之间的距离位于[5mm,9mm]的区间范围内。The second surface has a first side and a second side opposite to each other, the third surface has a third side and a fourth side opposite to each other, the first side is connected to the third side, and the first side is connected to the third side. The distance between the two sides and the fourth side is within the range of [5mm, 9mm].
  40. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有运行控制程序,所述运行控制程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至24中任一项所述的烹饪器具的运行控制方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein an operation control program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and the operation control program according to any one of claims 1 to 24 is implemented when the operation control program is executed by the processor. Steps of an operation control method of a cooking appliance.
PCT/CN2022/078524 2021-05-20 2022-03-01 Cooking appliance and operation control method therefor, control apparatus, and readable storage medium WO2022242267A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110554361.0 2021-05-20
CN202110552694.XA CN115363426A (en) 2021-05-20 2021-05-20 Cooking appliance, control method and device thereof, and readable storage medium
CN202110552694.X 2021-05-20
CN202110554361.0A CN115363405B (en) 2021-05-20 2021-05-20 Cooking appliance, operation control method thereof, controller and readable storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022242267A1 true WO2022242267A1 (en) 2022-11-24

Family

ID=84141065

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/078524 WO2022242267A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2022-03-01 Cooking appliance and operation control method therefor, control apparatus, and readable storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022242267A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009300259A (en) * 2008-06-13 2009-12-24 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Water level detector, vapor collecting device, and heating cooker
JP2010164471A (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-07-29 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Water level detection device and heating cooker
CN103622545A (en) * 2013-12-13 2014-03-12 广西大学 Mirror reflection intelligent electric pressure cooker
CN203576278U (en) * 2013-12-13 2014-05-07 广西大学 Intelligent electric pressure cooker with diffuse reflection
CN109567557A (en) * 2018-11-26 2019-04-05 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 A kind of detection method and device of electric cooker
CN110179319A (en) * 2019-05-20 2019-08-30 梁志鹏 A kind of method and device of intelligent cooking
CN210169720U (en) * 2019-04-29 2020-03-24 九阳股份有限公司 Cooking utensil
CN111121919A (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-08 佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司 Stock amount detection method, apparatus, cooking appliance, and computer-readable storage medium

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009300259A (en) * 2008-06-13 2009-12-24 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Water level detector, vapor collecting device, and heating cooker
JP2010164471A (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-07-29 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Water level detection device and heating cooker
CN103622545A (en) * 2013-12-13 2014-03-12 广西大学 Mirror reflection intelligent electric pressure cooker
CN203576278U (en) * 2013-12-13 2014-05-07 广西大学 Intelligent electric pressure cooker with diffuse reflection
CN111121919A (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-08 佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司 Stock amount detection method, apparatus, cooking appliance, and computer-readable storage medium
CN109567557A (en) * 2018-11-26 2019-04-05 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 A kind of detection method and device of electric cooker
CN210169720U (en) * 2019-04-29 2020-03-24 九阳股份有限公司 Cooking utensil
CN110179319A (en) * 2019-05-20 2019-08-30 梁志鹏 A kind of method and device of intelligent cooking

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6639209B1 (en) Method of automatic standardized calibration for infrared sensing device
CN101375138B (en) Drink dispensing device with powdery material filling level detection device
CA3017651C (en) Real-time oil fume concentration monitoring system and range hood using the same
US20040069941A1 (en) Method of automatic standardized calibration for infrared sensing device
CN101656011A (en) Universal smoke fire detector
KR100808138B1 (en) A water purifier prevnting vessel overflowing with cpaacity computation
WO2021013195A1 (en) Lighting system for a household appliance
WO2022242267A1 (en) Cooking appliance and operation control method therefor, control apparatus, and readable storage medium
CN207610243U (en) Micro-wave oven
JP5153663B2 (en) Water level detection device and cooking device
CN115363405B (en) Cooking appliance, operation control method thereof, controller and readable storage medium
EP4328193A1 (en) Salt content prompting method for salt tank in water softening device
CN111449510B (en) Control method of cooking appliance and cooking appliance
CN209495754U (en) Water level detection circuit and cooking apparatus
JP4999869B2 (en) Water level detection device and cooking device
ES2712694T3 (en) Procedure to operate a cooking system
CN110470222A (en) For measuring the device and drinking equipment of the physical size of object
CN115363426A (en) Cooking appliance, control method and device thereof, and readable storage medium
CN111227655A (en) Liquid feeding device and intelligent cooking equipment
CN211626615U (en) Liquid level detection device and capacity equipment
CN112534192B (en) Air conditioner
CN212382509U (en) Liquid feeding device and intelligent cooking equipment
CN108984042B (en) Non-contact control device, signal processing method and household appliance thereof
CN117752211A (en) Cooking apparatus
CN220708487U (en) Liquid level detection device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22803596

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22803596

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1